TOOLS
Rule Radar
Futures Prop Firm Rule Changes. Tracked Daily.
Your morning update on futures prop firm rule changes, refreshed overnight.
We track the published rules and policies of 32 futures prop firms and keep every version, so when a firm edits a rule we have the before and after in writing. Most of what changes is really nothing: a fixed typo, a clarified sentence, a word added here and there. But real changes stand out fast, and you can literally watch rules and policies tighten line by line. Payout terms creep, consistency thresholds drop, and prices quietly climb. It works the other way too: sometimes payouts improve and rules loosen, and when that happens it’s usually one of our Premier firms.
Most of the tightening shows up on the Unlisted side, firms we track but haven’t listed on PickAPropFirm.com. When a firm with a rough reputation starts gaining traction on rock-bottom prices, promoted by affiliates who would scam their own grandma for a commission, the discount usually costs you somewhere else, and that somewhere shows up here. If a plan looks too good to be true, it almost always is.
Starred changes are the ones we think deserve your attention; the full feed below is everything we caught, right down to the typo fixes.
Treat this page like your morning paper. It updates overnight, so grab your coffee and see what changed. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
See where these firms land in the Power Rankings ›
Starred changes
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
− 50K | $99
− 100K | $109
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+ 50K | $129
+ 100K | $199
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
− 50K | $99
− 100K | $109
+ 50K | $129
+ 100K | $199
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
PremierBulenox · Withdrawal Rules | Master AccountMaximum payout limits now apply to all payouts instead of only the first three; from the fourth payout onward, requested amount must be less than 50% of total profit.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
− The maximum payout limit applies only to the first three payouts:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
− After the third payout, there is no maximum payout limit. The following requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
After
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
+ A maximum payout limit applies to every payout. For the first three payouts, it depends on the account size:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
+ Starting from the fourth payout, the requested amount must be less than 50% of the total profit on the Master Account. All other requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
− The maximum payout limit applies only to the first three payouts:
+ A maximum payout limit applies to every payout. For the first three payouts, it depends on the account size:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
− After the third payout, there is no maximum payout limit. The following requirements continue to apply:
+ Starting from the fourth payout, the requested amount must be less than 50% of the total profit on the Master Account. All other requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
PremierTopstep · Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions | Topstep Help CenterAdded new section with six questions and answers about Topstep's affiliate program, including eligibility, offer details, and stacking rules.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
After
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
+ Affiliate Codes
+ What is Topstep’s affiliate program?
+ Topstep partners with a select group of creators, some of whom have an affiliate code to share with their community. When someone purchases with Topstep for the first time using an affiliate code, they save 20%.
+ What is the affiliate code offer?
+ 20% off your first Topstep purchase (Trading Combine, Topstep Labs, including Challenges) when you check out with an affiliate’s code.
+ Who is eligible to use an affiliate’s code?
+ If you have never previously purchased with Topstep, you are eligible to use an affiliate code on your very first Topstep purchase for the purchase of a Topstep Trading Combine, Topstep Labs offering, including a Topstep Challenge. Traders new to Topstep can only use one affiliate code, one time.
+ I want to purchase more than one account. Does the code apply to all purchases?
+ No, affiliate codes are eligible to be used on your first purchase with Topstep. Affiliate codes do not apply to Resets, Back2Funded, market data add-ons, or anything you buy after that first purchase.
+ Can I stack an affiliate code with another promo or code?
+ No, you cannot stack with another promo code, discount, or a referral code. There is one exception: if you opt to add a Daily Loss Limit to a No Activation Fee Trading Combine during your first purchase with Topstep, you can still use an affiliate code to save 20% in addition to the Responsible Trading Advantage savings.
+ How can I become a Topstep Affiliate?
+ We’re launching a new affiliate program and rolling it out gradually, starting with a small group of Traders. Details are limited for now. We’ll share more information here as the program expands!
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
+ Affiliate Codes
+ What is Topstep’s affiliate program?
+ Topstep partners with a select group of creators, some of whom have an affiliate code to share with their community. When someone purchases with Topstep for the first time using an affiliate code, they save 20%.
+ What is the affiliate code offer?
+ 20% off your first Topstep purchase (Trading Combine, Topstep Labs, including Challenges) when you check out with an affiliate’s code.
+ Who is eligible to use an affiliate’s code?
+ If you have never previously purchased with Topstep, you are eligible to use an affiliate code on your very first Topstep purchase for the purchase of a Topstep Trading Combine, Topstep Labs offering, including a Topstep Challenge. Traders new to Topstep can only use one affiliate code, one time.
+ I want to purchase more than one account. Does the code apply to all purchases?
+ No, affiliate codes are eligible to be used on your first purchase with Topstep. Affiliate codes do not apply to Resets, Back2Funded, market data add-ons, or anything you buy after that first purchase.
+ Can I stack an affiliate code with another promo or code?
+ No, you cannot stack with another promo code, discount, or a referral code. There is one exception: if you opt to add a Daily Loss Limit to a No Activation Fee Trading Combine during your first purchase with Topstep, you can still use an affiliate code to save 20% in addition to the Responsible Trading Advantage savings.
+ How can I become a Topstep Affiliate?
+ We’re launching a new affiliate program and rolling it out gradually, starting with a small group of Traders. Details are limited for now. We’ll share more information here as the program expands!
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
PremierE8 Markets · E8 Signature | E8 Markets Help Center Futures5 is now 4.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
After
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
PremierMyFundedFutures · Comprehensive Look into Redesigned Pro Plan | My Funded Futures Help CenterNew page published.Oct 14
PremierBluSky · Sim Funded Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterMax payout amount changed from up to $3000 per week to unspecified; hedging restriction added for Sim Funded accounts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Payouts
=> Daily Payout Processing:
Payouts requested before 11AM ET on weekdays (excluding holidays) will be processed on the same day. Transfer times may take from 1-3 business days, depending on your bank and payout method. Payouts requested after 11AM ET will be processed the next business day.
=> No minimum days for payouts:
There are NO minimum days to trade to request your first payout, you just need to be above the minimum account balance in your Sim Funded Account.
You will be funded in a Sim Funded Account first after Buffer Stage and Orbit Evaluation , so all the profits you make (Not including the Buffer from the Buffer Phase) in it are real and we're happy to send them to you. It's also how we scale our business.
=> Payouts in your Sim Funded Account:
- Minimum withdrawal amount: $500
- Minimum Payout - To qualify your Sim Funded for payouts, you must be above your initial starting balance by $500.
- Profit Between Payout Requests: You must generate at least $500 in new profit through normal trading activity between payout requests before submitting another payout request. Flipping contracts or placing trades solely to meet this requirement will not qualify.
- Max payout amount (Sim Funded Only): Up to $3000 per week depending on your account size, as detailed here:
- Payouts must be whole dollar amounts.
Sim Funded Rules
Please be reasonable when withdrawing so you leave enough buffer to continue trading. If you are just creating accounts to immediately close them, we may decline your application for future evaluations.
Account Size | Minimum balance
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $103,500
Keep in mind the safety buffer (Minimum balance) is not available for withdrawal.
=> Profit Sharing
Our business model is focused on retaining successful traders. The more you make, the more of that profit you get to keep. All payouts are 90% Trader / 10% BluSky unless changed by a Risk Team decision.
Risk Reviews
=> Payment Processing
Gusto.com and Rise Pay (riseworks.io) are used for payouts.
After
Payouts
=> Daily Payout Processing:
Payouts requested before 11AM ET on weekdays (excluding holidays) will be processed on the same day. Transfer times may take from 1-3 business days, depending on your bank and payout method. Payouts requested after 11AM ET will be processed the next business day.
=> No minimum days for payouts:
There are NO minimum days to trade to request your first payout, you just need to be above the minimum account balance in your Sim Funded Account.
You will be funded in a Sim Funded Account first after Buffer Stage and Orbit Evaluation , so all the profits you make (Not including the Buffer from the Buffer Phase) in it are real and we're happy to send them to you. It's also how we scale our business.
=> Payouts in your Sim Funded Account:
- Minimum withdrawal amount: $500
- Minimum Payout - To qualify your Sim Funded for payouts, you must be above your initial starting balance by $500.
- Profit Between Payout Requests: You must generate at least $500 in new profit through normal trading activity between payout requests before submitting another payout request. Flipping contracts or placing trades solely to meet this requirement will not qualify.
- Max payout amount (Sim Funded Only): Up to $3000 per week depending on your account size, as detailed here:
- Payouts must be whole dollar amounts.
+ - Hedging even in Sim Environment , especially in a Funded State, will close your account.
Sim Funded Rules
Please be reasonable when withdrawing so you leave enough buffer to continue trading. If you are just creating accounts to immediately close them, we may decline your application for future evaluations.
Account Size | Minimum balance
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $103,500
Keep in mind the safety buffer (Minimum balance) is not available for withdrawal.
=> Profit Sharing
Our business model is focused on retaining successful traders. The more you make, the more of that profit you get to keep. All payouts are 90% Trader / 10% BluSky unless changed by a Risk Team decision.
Risk Reviews
=> Payment Processing
Gusto.com and Rise Pay (riseworks.io) are used for payouts.
Payouts
=> Daily Payout Processing:
Payouts requested before 11AM ET on weekdays (excluding holidays) will be processed on the same day. Transfer times may take from 1-3 business days, depending on your bank and payout method. Payouts requested after 11AM ET will be processed the next business day.
=> No minimum days for payouts:
There are NO minimum days to trade to request your first payout, you just need to be above the minimum account balance in your Sim Funded Account.
You will be funded in a Sim Funded Account first after Buffer Stage and Orbit Evaluation , so all the profits you make (Not including the Buffer from the Buffer Phase) in it are real and we're happy to send them to you. It's also how we scale our business.
=> Payouts in your Sim Funded Account:
- Minimum withdrawal amount: $500
- Minimum Payout - To qualify your Sim Funded for payouts, you must be above your initial starting balance by $500.
- Profit Between Payout Requests: You must generate at least $500 in new profit through normal trading activity between payout requests before submitting another payout request. Flipping contracts or placing trades solely to meet this requirement will not qualify.
- Max payout amount (Sim Funded Only): Up to $3000 per week depending on your account size, as detailed here:
- Payouts must be whole dollar amounts.
+ - Hedging even in Sim Environment , especially in a Funded State, will close your account.
Sim Funded Rules
Please be reasonable when withdrawing so you leave enough buffer to continue trading. If you are just creating accounts to immediately close them, we may decline your application for future evaluations.
Account Size | Minimum balance
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $103,500
Keep in mind the safety buffer (Minimum balance) is not available for withdrawal.
=> Profit Sharing
Our business model is focused on retaining successful traders. The more you make, the more of that profit you get to keep. All payouts are 90% Trader / 10% BluSky unless changed by a Risk Team decision.
Risk Reviews
=> Payment Processing
Gusto.com and Rise Pay (riseworks.io) are used for payouts.
PremierBluSky · Sim Funded Account Resets | BluSky Rules and Help CenterReset prices section expanded to clarify Launch and Propel accounts, and added new Orbit Plans pricing with four account sizes.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
**Note: resets are not available to Sim Funded Accounts that have had previous payouts.**
Ever crushed your eval, got funded, and then busted your Sim Funded Account before your first payout?
We've got your back! 😃
Introducing SFA Resets:
=> Reset your Sim Funded Account for half of the starting balance.
=> Up to 2 resets per account
=> No need to restart in an evaluation — pick up where you left off
=> Available anytime before taking a payout
− Reset Prices:
• 25K Advanced – $750
• 50K Premium – $1,500
• 100K Premium+ – $1,750
• 150K Static Growth – $1,000
• 200K Static Growth+ – $1,500
• 300K Static Blu+ – $1,750
Section: Reset Prices Orbit Plans
This is your second chance to reach that payout you were so close to 🚀
Reset your account now and stay in the game! 😎
After
**Note: resets are not available to Sim Funded Accounts that have had previous payouts.**
Ever crushed your eval, got funded, and then busted your Sim Funded Account before your first payout?
We've got your back! 😃
Introducing SFA Resets:
=> Reset your Sim Funded Account for half of the starting balance.
=> Up to 2 resets per account
=> No need to restart in an evaluation — pick up where you left off
=> Available anytime before taking a payout
+ Reset Prices( Launch and Propel Accounts)
• 25K Advanced – $750
• 50K Premium – $1,500
• 100K Premium+ – $1,750
• 150K Static Growth – $1,000
• 200K Static Growth+ – $1,500
• 300K Static Blu+ – $1,750
Section: Reset Prices Orbit Plans
+ Reset Prices Orbit Plans
+ - 50K - $599
+ - 100K - $799
+ - 150K - $999
+ - 200K - $1199
This is your second chance to reach that payout you were so close to 🚀
Reset your account now and stay in the game! 😎
**Note: resets are not available to Sim Funded Accounts that have had previous payouts.**
Ever crushed your eval, got funded, and then busted your Sim Funded Account before your first payout?
We've got your back! 😃
Introducing SFA Resets:
=> Reset your Sim Funded Account for half of the starting balance.
=> Up to 2 resets per account
=> No need to restart in an evaluation — pick up where you left off
=> Available anytime before taking a payout
− Reset Prices:
+ Reset Prices( Launch and Propel Accounts)
• 25K Advanced – $750
• 50K Premium – $1,500
• 100K Premium+ – $1,750
• 150K Static Growth – $1,000
• 200K Static Growth+ – $1,500
• 300K Static Blu+ – $1,750
Section: Reset Prices Orbit Plans
+ Reset Prices Orbit Plans
+ - 50K - $599
+ - 100K - $799
+ - 150K - $999
+ - 200K - $1199
This is your second chance to reach that payout you were so close to 🚀
Reset your account now and stay in the game! 😎
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
− 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
− 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+ 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
+ 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
− 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
− 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
+ 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
+ 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
PremierBluSky · Evaluation Rules | BluSky Rules and Help CenterAdded consequences for hedging in Futures Trading, including potential reward denial, account closure, or account forfeit.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If your balance falls to your established EOD minimum balance at any point, the evaluation has failed.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Rithmic by using the "Auto Liquidate Threshold Value" in RTrader Pro.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Tradovate by using the "Drawdown Auto Liq" column of the Accounts tab.
=> Your BluSky dashboard will also update periodically to show your maximum drawdown left - Here's an example:
Things that DONT fail your account
- Trading news events at your own risk
- Using too many contracts
We will not fail you for using too many contracts and we are able to automatically limit limit your max size if you are trading one product. But if you find a way to use more contracts than your terms, we will liquidate and/or restart your account and/or deny brokerage entry entirely when our system detects it; Please do not exploit the system.
- Trading the wrong hours
We recommend closing all trades before 4:45PM EST; our system attempts to limit when you can trade and will auto-liquidate around 15 minutes before markets close. This is not a guarantee of liquidation.
NOTE: Although our system will do it's best to liquidate trades before the close of market, we still need you to take responsibility for closing your trades.
The system is not perfect. This could result in substantial loss in your account which could then end up being a failure. Please be a responsible trader - We will not adjust accounts that have open positions after 5PM EST.
Section: Things that will fail your account:
For further inquiries, you are more than welcome to contact our Support Desk:
BluSky Support Desk
After
If your balance falls to your established EOD minimum balance at any point, the evaluation has failed.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Rithmic by using the "Auto Liquidate Threshold Value" in RTrader Pro.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Tradovate by using the "Drawdown Auto Liq" column of the Accounts tab.
=> Your BluSky dashboard will also update periodically to show your maximum drawdown left - Here's an example:
Things that DONT fail your account
- Trading news events at your own risk
- Using too many contracts
We will not fail you for using too many contracts and we are able to automatically limit limit your max size if you are trading one product. But if you find a way to use more contracts than your terms, we will liquidate and/or restart your account and/or deny brokerage entry entirely when our system detects it; Please do not exploit the system.
- Trading the wrong hours
We recommend closing all trades before 4:45PM EST; our system attempts to limit when you can trade and will auto-liquidate around 15 minutes before markets close. This is not a guarantee of liquidation.
NOTE: Although our system will do it's best to liquidate trades before the close of market, we still need you to take responsibility for closing your trades.
The system is not perfect. This could result in substantial loss in your account which could then end up being a failure. Please be a responsible trader - We will not adjust accounts that have open positions after 5PM EST.
Section: Things that will fail your account:
+ Things that will fail your account:
+ - Hedging is not allowed in Futures Trading, this refers to the User/Household and may result in Reward denial, account closure, account forfeit or temporary account closure.
For further inquiries, you are more than welcome to contact our Support Desk:
BluSky Support Desk
If your balance falls to your established EOD minimum balance at any point, the evaluation has failed.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Rithmic by using the "Auto Liquidate Threshold Value" in RTrader Pro.
=> You can monitor your minimum trailing balance in realtime with Tradovate by using the "Drawdown Auto Liq" column of the Accounts tab.
=> Your BluSky dashboard will also update periodically to show your maximum drawdown left - Here's an example:
Things that DONT fail your account
- Trading news events at your own risk
- Using too many contracts
We will not fail you for using too many contracts and we are able to automatically limit limit your max size if you are trading one product. But if you find a way to use more contracts than your terms, we will liquidate and/or restart your account and/or deny brokerage entry entirely when our system detects it; Please do not exploit the system.
- Trading the wrong hours
We recommend closing all trades before 4:45PM EST; our system attempts to limit when you can trade and will auto-liquidate around 15 minutes before markets close. This is not a guarantee of liquidation.
NOTE: Although our system will do it's best to liquidate trades before the close of market, we still need you to take responsibility for closing your trades.
The system is not perfect. This could result in substantial loss in your account which could then end up being a failure. Please be a responsible trader - We will not adjust accounts that have open positions after 5PM EST.
Section: Things that will fail your account:
+ Things that will fail your account:
+ - Hedging is not allowed in Futures Trading, this refers to the User/Household and may result in Reward denial, account closure, account forfeit or temporary account closure.
For further inquiries, you are more than welcome to contact our Support Desk:
BluSky Support Desk
PremierBulenox · Minimum Balance and Request | Momentum AccountAdded new Safety Threshold Reserve section with account-size-dependent minimum balance requirements after payouts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
After
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+ Account size | STR
+ $25,000 | $1,000 | $50,000 | $2,000 | $100,000 | $3,000 | $150,000 | $4,500
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+ Account size | STR
+ $25,000 | $1,000 | $50,000 | $2,000 | $100,000 | $3,000 | $150,000 | $4,500
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountValues changed: $2,250 to $2,000, $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum Account6 values changed, including $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
PremierFTMO Futures · I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?Changed "should never take more than 24 hours" to "in most cases, it doesn't take more than 24 hours.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
Section: I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
− Evaluation accounts are created automatically, usually within an hour of your payment. It should never take more than 24 hours.
Once your account is ready, your trading platform login credentials will be available in your Client Area, and you will be notified by email.
Please keep your login credentials secure and do not share them with anyone.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
Trade with up to 3 Sim-Funded accounts
After
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
Section: I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
+ Evaluation accounts are created automatically, usually within an hour of your payment. In most cases, it doesn’t take more than 24 hours.
Once your account is ready, your trading platform login credentials will be available in your Client Area, and you will be notified by email.
Please keep your login credentials secure and do not share them with anyone.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
Trade with up to 3 Sim-Funded accounts
What is my affiliate code and how do traders use it?
How does attribution work for FTMO Futures referrals?
Do traders I referred before the FTMO Futures launch earn me Futures commissions?
How does the commission approval process work?
In which currency are my commissions calculated and paid?
What are the requirements for an affiliate payout?
What are the key promotional rules I must follow?
How do the FTMO and FTMO US Affiliate Programmes differ?
All FAQ
Futures
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
Section: I paid for my Evaluation, when will I get the account?
− Evaluation accounts are created automatically, usually within an hour of your payment. It should never take more than 24 hours.
+ Evaluation accounts are created automatically, usually within an hour of your payment. In most cases, it doesn’t take more than 24 hours.
Once your account is ready, your trading platform login credentials will be available in your Client Area, and you will be notified by email.
Please keep your login credentials secure and do not share them with anyone.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Unlimited Evaluation Accounts
-
Trade with up to 3 Sim-Funded accounts
PremierLucid Trading · LucidPro Customization | Lucid Trading Help CenterDaily Loss Limit On now pauses trading after intraday payout request until end of trading day.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded LucidPro account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts available
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Regular end-of-day payouts
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
After
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded LucidPro account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ - After requesting an intraday payout, trading on your funded LucidPro account is paused until the end of the trading day.
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts available
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Regular end-of-day payouts
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded LucidPro account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ - After requesting an intraday payout, trading on your funded LucidPro account is paused until the end of the trading day.
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts available
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Regular end-of-day payouts
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
PremierLucid Trading · LucidDaily Customization | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency setting added with 40% or 50% options, creating eight configurations instead of four; on-demand payouts feature added for Daily Loss Limit ON accounts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LucidDaily Customization
Overview
LucidDaily gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. Two settings can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The two customization options are:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
- Evaluation Drawdown: End-of-Day (EOD) or Intraday
Section: Overview
− These settings create four unique LucidDaily account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit Enabled
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Daily Loss Limit Disabled
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Consistency
Evaluation Drawdown
This setting determines how the Max Loss Limit is calculated during the evaluation only.
Important: Regardless of your selection, all LucidDaily Funded accounts use an Intraday Drawdown.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
- Drawdown is calculated using your account balance at the end of each trading session
- Unrealized gains and losses do not affect the drawdown calculation
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Intraday Drawdown
- Drawdown is monitored continuously throughout the trading session
- Unrealized profits and losses are included in the calculation
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Available Account Configurations
LucidDaily offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- Cheapest version of LucidDaily
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 4: Daily Loss Limit OFF + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
- Most expensive version of LucidDaily
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your LucidDaily customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON or Intraday Drawdown in Eval if you prefer a lower purchase price.
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF or EOD Drawdown in Eval if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it.
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidDaily account with your preferred options.
After
LucidDaily Customization
Overview
LucidDaily gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. Two settings can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The two customization options are:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
- Evaluation Drawdown: End-of-Day (EOD) or Intraday
Section: Overview
+ - Consistency: 40% or 50%
+ These settings create eight unique LucidDaily account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit Enabled
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Daily Loss Limit Disabled
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Consistency
+ Consistency
+ - 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
+ - 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
+ - Resets use 40% consistency. To keep 50%, purchase a new evaluation with the 50% add-on.
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit On, you can request payouts from your funded LucidDaily account during the trading session as soon as your dashboard shows all payout objectives are complete.
+ - You can submit multiple payout requests from the same account within a single session, provided all payout requirements are met for each request.
+ - Accounts with a Hedging Violation are not eligible for intraday payouts. See Prohibited: Hedging.
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Evaluation Drawdown
This setting determines how the Max Loss Limit is calculated during the evaluation only.
Important: Regardless of your selection, all LucidDaily Funded accounts use an Intraday Drawdown.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
- Drawdown is calculated using your account balance at the end of each trading session
- Unrealized gains and losses do not affect the drawdown calculation
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Intraday Drawdown
- Drawdown is monitored continuously throughout the trading session
- Unrealized profits and losses are included in the calculation
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Available Account Configurations
LucidDaily offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Cheapest version of LucidDaily
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 4: Daily Loss Limit OFF + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Most expensive version of LucidDaily
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your LucidDaily customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and access to on-demand payouts on your funded account.
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you prefer no daily loss cap and don’t mind paying a higher purchase price.
+ - Choose Intraday Drawdown in Eval for a lower evaluation purchase price.
+ - Choose EOD Drawdown in Eval if you prefer drawdown calculated at the end of the trading session and don’t mind paying a higher purchase price.
+ - Choose 50% Consistency if you want to pass faster
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidDaily account with your preferred options.
LucidDaily Customization
Overview
LucidDaily gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. Two settings can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The two customization options are:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
- Evaluation Drawdown: End-of-Day (EOD) or Intraday
Section: Overview
− These settings create four unique LucidDaily account configurations.
+ - Consistency: 40% or 50%
+ These settings create eight unique LucidDaily account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit Enabled
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Daily Loss Limit Disabled
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Consistency
+ Consistency
+ - 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
+ - 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
+ - Resets use 40% consistency. To keep 50%, purchase a new evaluation with the 50% add-on.
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit On, you can request payouts from your funded LucidDaily account during the trading session as soon as your dashboard shows all payout objectives are complete.
+ - You can submit multiple payout requests from the same account within a single session, provided all payout requirements are met for each request.
+ - Accounts with a Hedging Violation are not eligible for intraday payouts. See Prohibited: Hedging.
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Evaluation Drawdown
This setting determines how the Max Loss Limit is calculated during the evaluation only.
Important: Regardless of your selection, all LucidDaily Funded accounts use an Intraday Drawdown.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
- Drawdown is calculated using your account balance at the end of each trading session
- Unrealized gains and losses do not affect the drawdown calculation
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Intraday Drawdown
- Drawdown is monitored continuously throughout the trading session
- Unrealized profits and losses are included in the calculation
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Available Account Configurations
LucidDaily offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Cheapest version of LucidDaily
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- Daily Loss Limit enabled
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + Intraday Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses Intraday Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Mid-tier pricing version of LucidDaily
Option 4: Daily Loss Limit OFF + End-of-Day Evaluation Drawdown
- No Daily Loss Limit
- Evaluation uses End-of-Day Drawdown
- Funded account uses Intraday Drawdown
+ - Choice of 40% or 50% Consistency
- Most expensive version of LucidDaily
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your LucidDaily customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON or Intraday Drawdown in Eval if you prefer a lower purchase price.
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF or EOD Drawdown in Eval if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it.
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and access to on-demand payouts on your funded account.
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you prefer no daily loss cap and don’t mind paying a higher purchase price.
+ - Choose Intraday Drawdown in Eval for a lower evaluation purchase price.
+ - Choose EOD Drawdown in Eval if you prefer drawdown calculated at the end of the trading session and don’t mind paying a higher purchase price.
+ - Choose 50% Consistency if you want to pass faster
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidDaily account with your preferred options.
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Customization | Lucid Trading Help CenterDaily Loss Limit on accounts now pause trading after intraday payout requests, and hedging violations block intraday payouts; resets use 40% consistency unless new evaluation purchased with 50% add-on.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
Consistency
- 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
- 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
Section: Consistency
- Consistency applies to the evaluation only. Funded LucidFlex accounts have no consistency rule. See LucidFlex Consistency Percentage.
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidFlex offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Pass in as few as 2 days
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
After
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
Consistency
- 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
- 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
Section: Consistency
+ - Resets use 40% consistency. To keep 50%, purchase a new evaluation with the 50% add-on.
- Consistency applies to the evaluation only. Funded LucidFlex accounts have no consistency rule. See LucidFlex Consistency Percentage.
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ - After requesting an intraday payout, trading on your funded LucidFlex account is paused until the end of the trading day.
+ - Accounts with a Hedging Violation are not eligible for intraday payouts. See Prohibited: Hedging.
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidFlex offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Pass in as few as 2 days
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
- Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
- Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
Consistency
- 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
- 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
Section: Consistency
+ - Resets use 40% consistency. To keep 50%, purchase a new evaluation with the 50% add-on.
- Consistency applies to the evaluation only. Funded LucidFlex accounts have no consistency rule. See LucidFlex Consistency Percentage.
On Demand Payouts
- Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ - After requesting an intraday payout, trading on your funded LucidFlex account is paused until the end of the trading day.
+ - Accounts with a Hedging Violation are not eligible for intraday payouts. See Prohibited: Hedging.
- With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidFlex offers four possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
- On Demand Payouts
- Pass in as few as 2 days
Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
PremierTopstep · Risk Adjustments: High Risk/High Volatility | Topstep Help CenterTrading Combine restrictions updated: Micro Crude Oil increased to 31/62/93, Micro Gold to 31/62/93, Micro Silver and Copper to 2/5/7 in some accounts; plus 4 other changes.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Velocity Logic halts
- Historic price ranges
- Rapid, sustained price movement
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account
Section: Current Restrictions
− Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 30/60/90E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
− Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 30/60/90Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
Section: 🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
− - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
− - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MHG, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
- In the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0.
- In the $6K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, SIL, HG, SI, CL, GC, HO, QM, PL, or RB. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $50K Static Trading Combine, MCL and MGC are set to a max of 25 lots, and CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are set to a max of 2 lots.
- In the $1.5K Challenge - Powered Up, Traders can trade up to 12 contracts of MCL/MGC, 1 contract of CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, SIL, and 0 of HG, PL, SI.
- In the Return of the $3K Undead Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 31 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, and RB are limited to 3 lots. MHG and SIL are limited to 2 lots. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 3 lots.
- In the Revenge of the $3K Slasher Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 12 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
50K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 12 micros
- $1,500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 mini / 31 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 mini / 25 micros
Section: Symbols this applies to:
− - $2,000 balance = 3 contracts minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
150K Express Funded Account
− - Below $1500 balance = 1 contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
- $6,000 balance = 12 minis / 125 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 15 minis / 156 micros
Section: Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/5/7 plan
− Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/4/6 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Micro Silver (SIL)
- Micro Copper (MHG)
50K Express Funded Account
Section: Symbols this applies to:
− - Below $1,500 balance = 1 micros
− - $1,500 balance = 1 micros
− - $2,000 balance = 3 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
150K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
− - $4,500 balance = 7 micro
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
- $4,500 balance = 7 micros
- $6,000 balance = 10 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 12 micros
When Do These Restrictions Apply?
Position limit adjustments are:
- Temporary: Restrictions remain in place only while volatility levels are elevated
- Product-specific: Only products experiencing extreme volatility are affected
Historic volatility means historic losses can happen faster than normal. When markets move unpredictably:
- Slippage increases
- Risk management becomes more challenging
- Even well-planned trades can move against you quickly
These temporary adjustments give you the opportunity to participate in volatile markets while managing your risk appropriately.
How You'll Be Notified
When position limits are adjusted, you'll receive notification through:
- Email communication
- Dashboard banners
- Social media updates (@Topstep on X)
We'll also notify you when restrictions are lifted and normal position limits are reinstated.
Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
Section: Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
− Ahead of Tier 1 News Events (for example, CPI, FOMC, NFP), Topstep temporarily restricts new opening positions on equity index products and metals in SIM to protect Traders from extreme volatility.
- Minis (ES, RTY, YM, NQ, NKD, GC, SI, HG, PL): No new opening transactions permitted during the 10-minute window surrounding the release (5 minutes before, 5 minutes after).
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
− - Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in energies and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
Event | Announcement (CT) | Window (CT)
Section: Tier 1 News Events
− CPI | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
FOMC rate decision | 1:00 PM | 12:55 to 1:05 PM
FOMC press conference | 1:30 PM | 1:25 to 1:35 PM
Non Farm Payroll (NFP/Unemployment Rate) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
Trading Combines & Challenges
Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window
$1.5K, $3K, and $6K Challenges | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available
$3K Challenge Undead | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
$3K Challenge Slasher | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
100K | $100,000 | 6 | Blocked | Capped at 6 micros
150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros
250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros
$50K Static | $40,000 | 2 | Blocked | Capped at 2 micros
Express Funded Accounts
After
- Velocity Logic halts
- Historic price ranges
- Rapid, sustained price movement
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account
Section: Current Restrictions
+ Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 31/62/93E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
+ Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 31/62/93Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/5/7Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/5/7Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
Section: 🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
+ - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/12 micros.
+ - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/156 micros. For SIL/MHG, 12 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
- In the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0.
- In the $6K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, SIL, HG, SI, CL, GC, HO, QM, PL, or RB. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $50K Static Trading Combine, MCL and MGC are set to a max of 25 lots, and CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are set to a max of 2 lots.
- In the $1.5K Challenge - Powered Up, Traders can trade up to 12 contracts of MCL/MGC, 1 contract of CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, SIL, and 0 of HG, PL, SI.
- In the Return of the $3K Undead Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 31 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, and RB are limited to 3 lots. MHG and SIL are limited to 2 lots. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 3 lots.
- In the Revenge of the $3K Slasher Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 12 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
50K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 12 micros
- $1,500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 mini / 31 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 mini / 25 micros
Section: Symbols this applies to:
+ - $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
150K Express Funded Account
+ - Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
- $6,000 balance = 12 minis / 125 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 15 minis / 156 micros
Section: Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/5/7 plan
+ Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/5/7 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Micro Silver (SIL)
- Micro Copper (MHG)
50K Express Funded Account
Section: Symbols this applies to:
+ - Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro
+ - $1,500 balance = 1 micro
+ - $2,000 balance = 2 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
150K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
+ - $4,500 balance = 7 micros
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
- $4,500 balance = 7 micros
- $6,000 balance = 10 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 12 micros
When Do These Restrictions Apply?
Position limit adjustments are:
- Temporary: Restrictions remain in place only while volatility levels are elevated
- Product-specific: Only products experiencing extreme volatility are affected
Historic volatility means historic losses can happen faster than normal. When markets move unpredictably:
- Slippage increases
- Risk management becomes more challenging
- Even well-planned trades can move against you quickly
These temporary adjustments give you the opportunity to participate in volatile markets while managing your risk appropriately.
How You'll Be Notified
When position limits are adjusted, you'll receive notification through:
- Email communication
- Dashboard banners
- Social media updates (@Topstep on X)
We'll also notify you when restrictions are lifted and normal position limits are reinstated.
Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
Section: Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
+ Ahead of Tier 1 News Events (for example, CPI, FOMC, NFP, PPI), Topstep temporarily restricts new opening positions on equity index products and metals in SIM to protect Traders from extreme volatility.
- Minis (ES, RTY, YM, NQ, NKD, GC, SI, HG, PL): No new opening transactions permitted during the 10-minute window surrounding the release (5 minutes before, 5 minutes after).
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
+ - Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in equity index products and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
Event | Announcement (CT) | Window (CT)
Section: Tier 1 News Events
+ Consumer Price Index (CPI) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
FOMC rate decision | 1:00 PM | 12:55 to 1:05 PM
FOMC press conference | 1:30 PM | 1:25 to 1:35 PM
Non Farm Payroll (NFP/Unemployment Rate) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
+ Producer Price Index (PPI) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
Trading Combines & Challenges
Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window
$1.5K, $3K, and $6K Challenges | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available
$3K Challenge Undead | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
$3K Challenge Slasher | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
100K | $100,000 | 6 | Blocked | Capped at 6 micros
150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros
250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros
$50K Static | $40,000 | 2 | Blocked | Capped at 2 micros
Express Funded Accounts
- Velocity Logic halts
- Historic price ranges
- Rapid, sustained price movement
This isn't punishment. It's protection — guardrails to keep you in the game when the market is doing something it's never done before. Our job is to help you trade another day.
How Position Limits Are Adjusted
When a product is deemed high-risk due to volatility, we may implement one or both of the following adjustments:
- Micro Contract Limits
- Mini Contract Restrictions
- Trading on mini-sized contracts or larger may be temporarily halted for affected products
Current Restrictions
👉 Restrictions below are organized by account size. The numbers shown use a 3-tier format: $50K / $100K / $150K. For example, "GC = 3/6/9" means 3 minis for $50K accounts, 6 minis for $100K accounts, and 9 minis for $150K accounts.
| Trading Combine, Express Funded Account,Pro Account | Live Funded Account
Section: Current Restrictions
− Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 30/60/90E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
− Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 30/60/90Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
+ Energies Restriction | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 31/62/93E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9 | RBOB Gasoline (RB) = 3/6/9Heating Oil (HO) = 3/6/9Crude Oil (CL) = 3/6/9Micro Crude Oil (MCL) = 3/6/9E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) = 3/6/9
+ Metals Restriction | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 31/62/93Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/5/7Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/5/7Platinum (PL) = 0 | Gold (GC) = 3/6/9Micro Gold (MGC) = 5/10/15Silver (SI) = 0Micro Silver (SIL) = 2/4/6Copper (HG) = 0Micro Copper (MHG) = 2/4/6Platinum (PL) = 0
🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
Section: 🧪 Labs: Restricted Products (Expand to learn more)
− - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/10 micros.
− - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/150 micros. For SIL/MHG, 10 minis/100 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
+ - In the $25K Static Trading Combine, restricted products are set to a max contract size of 1 mini/12 micros.
+ - In the $250K Trading Combine, restricted energies are set to a max contract size of 15 minis/156 micros. For SIL/MHG, 12 micros. SI, HG, and PL are still 0.
- In the $3K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $1.5K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, MET, MBT, or SIL. MGC/MCL are limited to 1. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0.
- In the $6K Challenge, you cannot trade MHG, SIL, HG, SI, CL, GC, HO, QM, PL, or RB. Trading during Tier 1 News Events is also restricted to 0. Additionally, MGC and MCL is limited to 6 micros.
- In the $50K Static Trading Combine, MCL and MGC are set to a max of 25 lots, and CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are set to a max of 2 lots.
- In the $1.5K Challenge - Powered Up, Traders can trade up to 12 contracts of MCL/MGC, 1 contract of CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, SIL, and 0 of HG, PL, SI.
- In the Return of the $3K Undead Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 31 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, and RB are limited to 3 lots. MHG and SIL are limited to 2 lots. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 3 lots.
- In the Revenge of the $3K Slasher Challenge, MCL and MGC are limited to 12 lots. CL, GC, HO, QM, RB, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot. HG, PL, and SI are 0. During Tier 1 News Events, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, M6A, M6B, M6E, MNG, MCL, MGC, MBT, MET, MHG, and SIL are limited to 1 lot.
⚠️ Please note: For Express Funded Accounts, position limits for restricted products have a ceiling of the contracts listed above (CL = 3/6/9, for example).
However, a trader's actual limit may be lower depending on their current account balance, as the Scaling Plan applies independently. Learn more below. 👇
Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 3/6/9 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Crude Oil (CL)
- Micro Crude Oil (MCL)
- Heating Oil (HO)
- RBOB Gasoline (RB)
- Gold (GC)
- Micro Gold (MGC)
50K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 12 micros
- $1,500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 mini / 31 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 mini / 25 micros
Section: Symbols this applies to:
− - $2,000 balance = 3 contracts minis / 31 micros
+ - $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
150K Express Funded Account
− - Below $1500 balance = 1 contract
+ - Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1500 balance = 1 mini / 18 micros
- $1,500 balance = 2 minis / 25 micros
- $2,000 balance = 3 minis / 31 micros
- $3,000 balance = 6 minis / 62 micros
- $4,500 balance = 9 minis / 93 micros
- $6,000 balance = 12 minis / 125 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 15 minis / 156 micros
Section: Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/5/7 plan
− Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/4/6 plan
+ Example of the Scaling Plan for restricted symbols on the 2/5/7 plan
Symbols this applies to:
- Micro Silver (SIL)
- Micro Copper (MHG)
50K Express Funded Account
Section: Symbols this applies to:
− - Below $1,500 balance = 1 micros
− - $1,500 balance = 1 micros
− - $2,000 balance = 3 micros
+ - Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro
+ - $1,500 balance = 1 micro
+ - $2,000 balance = 2 micros
100K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
150K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
− - $4,500 balance = 7 micro
+ - $4,500 balance = 7 micros
250K Express Funded Account
- Below $1,500 balance = 1 micro contract
- $1,500 balance = 2 micros
- $2,000 balance = 2 micros
- $3,000 balance = 5 micros
- $4,500 balance = 7 micros
- $6,000 balance = 10 micros
- $8,000+ balance = 12 micros
When Do These Restrictions Apply?
Position limit adjustments are:
- Temporary: Restrictions remain in place only while volatility levels are elevated
- Product-specific: Only products experiencing extreme volatility are affected
Historic volatility means historic losses can happen faster than normal. When markets move unpredictably:
- Slippage increases
- Risk management becomes more challenging
- Even well-planned trades can move against you quickly
These temporary adjustments give you the opportunity to participate in volatile markets while managing your risk appropriately.
How You'll Be Notified
When position limits are adjusted, you'll receive notification through:
- Email communication
- Dashboard banners
- Social media updates (@Topstep on X)
We'll also notify you when restrictions are lifted and normal position limits are reinstated.
Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
Section: Tier 1 News Events Restrictions
− Ahead of Tier 1 News Events (for example, CPI, FOMC, NFP), Topstep temporarily restricts new opening positions on equity index products and metals in SIM to protect Traders from extreme volatility.
+ Ahead of Tier 1 News Events (for example, CPI, FOMC, NFP, PPI), Topstep temporarily restricts new opening positions on equity index products and metals in SIM to protect Traders from extreme volatility.
- Minis (ES, RTY, YM, NQ, NKD, GC, SI, HG, PL): No new opening transactions permitted during the 10-minute window surrounding the release (5 minutes before, 5 minutes after).
- Micros (MES, M2K, MYM, MNQ, MGC): Opening transactions limited to 1, 3, 6, 9, and 15 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- MHG and SIL: Opening transactions limited to 1, 2, 5, 7, 12 contracts for the $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K, and $250K account sizes, respectively, during the window (see table below)
- Other products (energies, rates, FX, etc.) are unaffected.
− - Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in energies and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
+ - Existing Positions: Traders holding existing positions in equity index products and metals prior to 5 minutes before the news event may keep them open and manage them through the Tier 1 News Events window. TopstepX™ automatically enforces these limits, so no manual adjustment is required for existing trades.
- Pending orders: Pending orders are not open positions. They will not fill during the 10-minute window, and new pending orders intended to execute during this timeframe cannot be placed. TP/SL brackets that are reducing/closing positions will be accepted during the window.
- How you'll be alerted: we'll email you and you'll see a banner at the top of the platform, so you're always prepared.
Tier 1 News Events
Event | Announcement (CT) | Window (CT)
Section: Tier 1 News Events
− CPI | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
+ Consumer Price Index (CPI) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
FOMC rate decision | 1:00 PM | 12:55 to 1:05 PM
FOMC press conference | 1:30 PM | 1:25 to 1:35 PM
Non Farm Payroll (NFP/Unemployment Rate) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
+ Producer Price Index (PPI) | 7:30 AM | 7:25 to 7:35 AM
Trading Combines & Challenges
Account | Margin | Max micros | Equity Minis | Effect during window
$1.5K, $3K, and $6K Challenges | $3,000 | 0 | Blocked | No Trading available
$3K Challenge Undead | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
$3K Challenge Slasher | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
25K | $20,000 | 1 | Blocked | Capped at 1 micro
50K | $50,000 | 3 | Blocked | Capped at 3 micros
100K | $100,000 | 6 | Blocked | Capped at 6 micros
150K | $150,000 | 9 | Blocked | Capped at 9 micros
250K | $250,000 | 15 | Blocked | Capped at 15 micros
$50K Static | $40,000 | 2 | Blocked | Capped at 2 micros
Express Funded Accounts
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterThe $300,000 account maximum changed from 3 per user to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
− The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
− - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
After
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is limited to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
− The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
− - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is limited to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 300K maximum changed from 3 per user to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
After
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/helpful-items/how-to-whitelist-apex-trader-funding-emailsArticle now identifies two official Apex email domains and adds specific helpdesk email addresses, plus minor punctuation updates.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Outlook / Hotmail / Live / MSN
Option 1 (Recommended):
- Go to your Junk Email folder
- Right‑click one of our emails
- Select Junk → Never Block Sender
This ensures all future emails from us go directly to your inbox
Option 2 (Manual Safe List):
- Click Settings → Mail → Junk Email
- Under Safe senders and domains, click Add
- Enter our email/domain (e.g., @apextraderfunding.com)
Gmail (Google)
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋮) in the top-right
- Select “Add Apex Trader Funding to Contacts”
To prevent future filtering:
- Click the “Show search options” (filter icon) in Gmail
Section: Gmail (Google)
− - Enter our email/domain
- Click Create filter
- Check “Never send it to Spam”
- Save
Yahoo Mail
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋯)
- Select “Add to Contacts”
Optional (stronger whitelisting):
- Go to Settings → More Settings → Filters
- Click Add new filter
- Set rule:
- From → contains → @apextraderfunding.com
Section: Yahoo Mail
- Move emails to Inbox
Apple Mail (iPhone / iPad / Mac)
iPhone/iPad:
- Open the email
- Tap the sender’s name
- Tap “Add to VIP” or “Add to Contacts”
Mac:
- Open Mail
- Select the email → Click sender
- Choose “Add to Contacts”
ProtonMail / Other Providers
- Add us to your Contacts
- Mark our emails as “Not Spam”
- Create a filter to always allow emails from our domain:
- @apextraderfunding.com
Section: ProtonMail / Other Providers
Important Tips
Section: Important Tips
− - Check your Spam/Junk folder regularly (especially after signup or payouts)
− - If you find our email in Junk, always click “Not Spam”
− - Whitelisting the domain (@apextraderfunding.com) is better than a single email
After
+ Official Apex communications will be sent from email addresses ending in @apextraderfunding.com or @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com.
Outlook / Hotmail / Live / MSN
Option 1 (Recommended):
- Go to your Junk Email folder
- Right‑click one of our emails
- Select Junk → Never Block Sender
This ensures all future emails from us go directly to your inbox
Option 2 (Manual Safe List):
- Click Settings → Mail → Junk Email
- Under Safe senders and domains, click Add
- Enter our email/domain (e.g., @apextraderfunding.com)
Gmail (Google)
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋮) in the top-right
- Select “Add Apex Trader Funding to Contacts”
To prevent future filtering:
- Click the “Show search options” (filter icon) in Gmail
Section: Gmail (Google)
+ - Enter our email/domains
- Click Create filter
- Check “Never send it to Spam”
- Save
Yahoo Mail
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋯)
- Select “Add to Contacts”
Optional (stronger whitelisting):
- Go to Settings → More Settings → Filters
- Click Add new filter
- Set rule:
- From → contains → @apextraderfunding.com
Section: Yahoo Mail
+ - From → contains → @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com
- Move emails to Inbox
Apple Mail (iPhone / iPad / Mac)
iPhone/iPad:
- Open the email
- Tap the sender’s name
- Tap “Add to VIP” or “Add to Contacts”
Mac:
- Open Mail
- Select the email → Click sender
- Choose “Add to Contacts”
ProtonMail / Other Providers
- Add us to your Contacts
- Mark our emails as “Not Spam”
- Create a filter to always allow emails from our domain:
- @apextraderfunding.com
Section: ProtonMail / Other Providers
+ - @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com
+ Official Helpdesk Emails
+ Official Helpdesk emails will only be sent from the following two email addresses:
+ - [email protected]
+ - [email protected]
Important Tips
Section: Important Tips
+ - Check your Spam/Junk folder regularly (especially after signup or payouts).
+ - If you find our email in Junk, always click “Not Spam”.
+ - Whitelisting the domains (@apextraderfunding.com and @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com)is better than a single email.
+ Official Apex communications will be sent from email addresses ending in @apextraderfunding.com or @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com.
Outlook / Hotmail / Live / MSN
Option 1 (Recommended):
- Go to your Junk Email folder
- Right‑click one of our emails
- Select Junk → Never Block Sender
This ensures all future emails from us go directly to your inbox
Option 2 (Manual Safe List):
- Click Settings → Mail → Junk Email
- Under Safe senders and domains, click Add
- Enter our email/domain (e.g., @apextraderfunding.com)
Gmail (Google)
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋮) in the top-right
- Select “Add Apex Trader Funding to Contacts”
To prevent future filtering:
- Click the “Show search options” (filter icon) in Gmail
Section: Gmail (Google)
− - Enter our email/domain
+ - Enter our email/domains
- Click Create filter
- Check “Never send it to Spam”
- Save
Yahoo Mail
- Open an email from us
- Click the three dots (⋯)
- Select “Add to Contacts”
Optional (stronger whitelisting):
- Go to Settings → More Settings → Filters
- Click Add new filter
- Set rule:
- From → contains → @apextraderfunding.com
Section: Yahoo Mail
+ - From → contains → @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com
- Move emails to Inbox
Apple Mail (iPhone / iPad / Mac)
iPhone/iPad:
- Open the email
- Tap the sender’s name
- Tap “Add to VIP” or “Add to Contacts”
Mac:
- Open Mail
- Select the email → Click sender
- Choose “Add to Contacts”
ProtonMail / Other Providers
- Add us to your Contacts
- Mark our emails as “Not Spam”
- Create a filter to always allow emails from our domain:
- @apextraderfunding.com
Section: ProtonMail / Other Providers
+ - @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com
+ Official Helpdesk Emails
+ Official Helpdesk emails will only be sent from the following two email addresses:
+ - [email protected]
+ - [email protected]
Important Tips
Section: Important Tips
− - Check your Spam/Junk folder regularly (especially after signup or payouts)
− - If you find our email in Junk, always click “Not Spam”
− - Whitelisting the domain (@apextraderfunding.com) is better than a single email
+ - Check your Spam/Junk folder regularly (especially after signup or payouts).
+ - If you find our email in Junk, always click “Not Spam”.
+ - Whitelisting the domains (@apextraderfunding.com and @helpdesk.apextraderfunding.com)is better than a single email.
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/evaluation-accounts-ea/legacy-evaluation-rulesWEALTHCHARTS added to special rules section for legacy trailing drawdown alongside RITHMIC accounts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- The drawdown level remains unchanged. For instance, a 100k static account has a set drawdown at $99,375.
- The example below illustrates a fixed drawdown level at roughly 10.5 points using 3 contracts on NQ, which would be around the $625 static drawdown for the $100,000 account.
Legacy Trailing Max Drawdown by Plan and Contract Size
Plan Account Size Max Loss/Trailing Threshold
25K Full Size 4 Minis – 1500
50K Full Size 10 Minis – 2500
75K Full Size 12 Minis – 2750
100K Full Size 14 Minis – 3000
150K Full Size 17 Minis – 5000
250K Full Size 27 Minis – 6500
300K Full Size 35 Minis – 7500
100K Static 2 Minis – 625
Section: Special Rules for RITHMIC, WEALTHCHARTS, and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
− Special Rules for RITHMIC and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
− - RITHMIC Accounts: During the evaluation, the drawdown stops trailing when the threshold balance reaches your profit target (not the account balance). For instance, a 50K account stops trailing when the threshold reaches $53,000.
- TRADOVATE Accounts: The trailing drawdown continues to trail in evaluations and does not stop.
Monitoring Your Account and Avoiding Liquidation
- Max Drawdown Monitoring: Always check your trailing max drawdown in your RTrader or Tradovate dashboard. The auto-liquidation threshold reflects this value.
- Drawdown Failure: Dropping below the drawdown threshold fails the evaluation.
- Rithmic and Tradovate Access: For RITHMIC accounts, download RTrader Pro from the member area. Both RTrader and Tradovate platforms allow you to monitor and control your account.
Legacy Evaluation Account Rules
- Account Balance: Your balance must close at or above the profit goal without hitting the max drawdown. Ensure a clear understanding of the Trailing Threshold Drawdown to prevent accidental liquidation.
- Minimum Trading Days: Complete a minimum of seven trading days (non-consecutive) for a valid evaluation (subject to any active promotions for 1-day-pass).
- Professional Conduct: Follow the code of conduct and maintain professionalism. Sharing your username or password is prohibited.
- Account Monitoring: Keep RTrader/Tradovate open to monitor your balance and max drawdown, and as a backup for closing trades if needed. Stay aware of the trailing threshold.
- Trailing Threshold Awareness: Track the trailing threshold carefully, as it moves with the highest profit point achieved in active trades and can impact your evaluation outcome if not managed
Legacy Evaluation Account General Guidelines
After
- The drawdown level remains unchanged. For instance, a 100k static account has a set drawdown at $99,375.
- The example below illustrates a fixed drawdown level at roughly 10.5 points using 3 contracts on NQ, which would be around the $625 static drawdown for the $100,000 account.
Legacy Trailing Max Drawdown by Plan and Contract Size
Plan Account Size Max Loss/Trailing Threshold
25K Full Size 4 Minis – 1500
50K Full Size 10 Minis – 2500
75K Full Size 12 Minis – 2750
100K Full Size 14 Minis – 3000
150K Full Size 17 Minis – 5000
250K Full Size 27 Minis – 6500
300K Full Size 35 Minis – 7500
100K Static 2 Minis – 625
Section: Special Rules for RITHMIC, WEALTHCHARTS, and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
+ Special Rules for RITHMIC, WEALTHCHARTS, and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
+ - RITHMIC and WEALTHCHARTS Accounts: During the evaluation, the drawdown stops trailing when the threshold balance reaches your profit target (not the account balance). For instance, a 50K account stops trailing when the threshold reaches $53,000.
- TRADOVATE Accounts: The trailing drawdown continues to trail in evaluations and does not stop.
Monitoring Your Account and Avoiding Liquidation
- Max Drawdown Monitoring: Always check your trailing max drawdown in your RTrader or Tradovate dashboard. The auto-liquidation threshold reflects this value.
- Drawdown Failure: Dropping below the drawdown threshold fails the evaluation.
- Rithmic and Tradovate Access: For RITHMIC accounts, download RTrader Pro from the member area. Both RTrader and Tradovate platforms allow you to monitor and control your account.
Legacy Evaluation Account Rules
- Account Balance: Your balance must close at or above the profit goal without hitting the max drawdown. Ensure a clear understanding of the Trailing Threshold Drawdown to prevent accidental liquidation.
- Minimum Trading Days: Complete a minimum of seven trading days (non-consecutive) for a valid evaluation (subject to any active promotions for 1-day-pass).
- Professional Conduct: Follow the code of conduct and maintain professionalism. Sharing your username or password is prohibited.
- Account Monitoring: Keep RTrader/Tradovate open to monitor your balance and max drawdown, and as a backup for closing trades if needed. Stay aware of the trailing threshold.
- Trailing Threshold Awareness: Track the trailing threshold carefully, as it moves with the highest profit point achieved in active trades and can impact your evaluation outcome if not managed
Legacy Evaluation Account General Guidelines
- The drawdown level remains unchanged. For instance, a 100k static account has a set drawdown at $99,375.
- The example below illustrates a fixed drawdown level at roughly 10.5 points using 3 contracts on NQ, which would be around the $625 static drawdown for the $100,000 account.
Legacy Trailing Max Drawdown by Plan and Contract Size
Plan Account Size Max Loss/Trailing Threshold
25K Full Size 4 Minis – 1500
50K Full Size 10 Minis – 2500
75K Full Size 12 Minis – 2750
100K Full Size 14 Minis – 3000
150K Full Size 17 Minis – 5000
250K Full Size 27 Minis – 6500
300K Full Size 35 Minis – 7500
100K Static 2 Minis – 625
Section: Special Rules for RITHMIC, WEALTHCHARTS, and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
− Special Rules for RITHMIC and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
− - RITHMIC Accounts: During the evaluation, the drawdown stops trailing when the threshold balance reaches your profit target (not the account balance). For instance, a 50K account stops trailing when the threshold reaches $53,000.
+ Special Rules for RITHMIC, WEALTHCHARTS, and TRADOVATE Accounts For Legacy Trailing Drawdown
+ - RITHMIC and WEALTHCHARTS Accounts: During the evaluation, the drawdown stops trailing when the threshold balance reaches your profit target (not the account balance). For instance, a 50K account stops trailing when the threshold reaches $53,000.
- TRADOVATE Accounts: The trailing drawdown continues to trail in evaluations and does not stop.
Monitoring Your Account and Avoiding Liquidation
- Max Drawdown Monitoring: Always check your trailing max drawdown in your RTrader or Tradovate dashboard. The auto-liquidation threshold reflects this value.
- Drawdown Failure: Dropping below the drawdown threshold fails the evaluation.
- Rithmic and Tradovate Access: For RITHMIC accounts, download RTrader Pro from the member area. Both RTrader and Tradovate platforms allow you to monitor and control your account.
Legacy Evaluation Account Rules
- Account Balance: Your balance must close at or above the profit goal without hitting the max drawdown. Ensure a clear understanding of the Trailing Threshold Drawdown to prevent accidental liquidation.
- Minimum Trading Days: Complete a minimum of seven trading days (non-consecutive) for a valid evaluation (subject to any active promotions for 1-day-pass).
- Professional Conduct: Follow the code of conduct and maintain professionalism. Sharing your username or password is prohibited.
- Account Monitoring: Keep RTrader/Tradovate open to monitor your balance and max drawdown, and as a backup for closing trades if needed. Stay aware of the trailing threshold.
- Trailing Threshold Awareness: Track the trailing threshold carefully, as it moves with the highest profit point achieved in active trades and can impact your evaluation outcome if not managed
Legacy Evaluation Account General Guidelines
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/getting-started/apex-live-prop-trading-program-faqBonus Vault eligibility now requires approved Live account from Broker; minor wording changes throughout.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
− The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
Topic | Apex Live Program Summary
Live selection | Apex may move a trader into live trading at any time based on trading style, P&L, account count, speed of simulated profit accumulation, and trader history with Apex.
Simulated accounts | Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts are closed or deactivated when the trader is selected for live. Live prop status and simulated status cannot be active at the same time.
Evaluation Accounts | Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
Performance Accounts | Open Performance Accounts are deactivated. Simulated profit balances in profitable Performance Accounts are tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Starting live balance | $0 starting balance.
Initial drawdown | $3,000 end-of-day drawdown.
Initial contract limit | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Initial daily loss limit | No Daily Loss Limit at Level 1.
− Number of Live Accounts | Max 5 Live Accounts based on number of eligible Sim PA Accounts were held. Live traders start with one account and must meet scaling qualification to add on each additional account up to a max of 5
Profit split | 90% to the trader / 10% to Apex on live trading profits.
Live payout requests | Daily payout requests are available, with a $500 minimum request amount and enough available live profit to cover the request.
− Safety Net | Once the profit balances reaches $3,100 the EOD drawdown will stop and the maximum loss limit will be locked at + $100. If the account balance dips down to $100 or below, the Live Account will be closed.The $3,100 “safety net” is maintained in the account to allow buffer / cushion for drawdown. Payout requests are not available on safety net balances until account closure.Payout requests can be made on profit amounts above the Safety Net level of $3,100.
Bonus Vault | A tracking ledger of potential eligible simulated profit balances from deactivated Simulated / Demo Performance Accounts. This is not real money, not real profits, not real gains, not live funds, and not a cash account. There are no rights, obligations, duties, gains, or actual stored value in the “Bonus Vault”, it is simply a tracking report.
Bonus Vault payout | Eligible traders may receive a monthly 20% Bonus Vault bonus based on live withdrawals, until the Bonus Vault is depleted, subject to Apex approval and active-account requirements. Traders may be eligible to receive a 40% Bonus Vault bonus on their first payout month.
Inactivity | Live accounts are intended for active trading. Accounts with no trading activity for a month or past 30 days may be closed.
Live failure path | In the event live accounts are blown, Apex offers the opportunity for a requalification path
1. Program Overview
What is the Apex Live Prop Trading Program?
The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is the next step for selected traders who have demonstrated performance in the Apex simulated environment, that shows it is time for a different path forward. It is not an introductory evaluation account and it is not a simulated Performance Account. It is a separate live prop trading department with its own onboarding process, live member system, documentation, risk oversight, payout process, and trading rules.
Is moving to live trading automatic?
No. Apex reserves the right to move a trader out of the simulated environment and into the live environment at any time. The decision may be based on observed discipline, consistency, risk management ability, strategy or system performance, total lifetime Sim Payouts, trading style, P&L balances, speed of simulated profit accumulation, trader history with Apex, and any other information Apex considers relevant.
When does Apex begin monitoring a trader for possible live selection?
In general, a trader may begin to be monitored for potential live candidacy after one or more of the following occurs:
For Example:
What happens after I register in the Apex live member system?
After you are set up in the live system, you will be directed through the required live onboarding steps. These may include documentation, required preparation, training, coaching, and educational materials. This includes education and requirements related to CME and live trading. The live site process will walk you through each step and update your progress and status along the way.
What happens to my Evaluation Accounts?
Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
What happens to my Performance Accounts?
Performance Accounts are deactivated when you move into live trading. Any open Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Does a Performance Account need to have had a payout to be included in the Bonus Vault?
No. A Performance Account is not required to have had at least one payout in order to be considered for the Bonus Vault. Any open Performance Account with a positive simulated profit balance may be included in the total Bonus Vault amount.
What happens to Performance Accounts with no simulated profit balance?
Only open Performance Accounts with positive simulated profit balances are included in the Bonus Vault total. Accounts without eligible simulated profit balances do not add to the Bonus Vault.
3. The Bonus Vault
What is the Bonus Vault?
− The Bonus Vault is a tracking ledger that records the total eligible simulated profit balances from your deactivated Apex Performance Accounts when you move to live trading. It is called a vault for tracking purposes only.
The Bonus Vault is not real money. It is not live trading capital. It is not a bank account, brokerage account, cash account, trust account, or separate account holding real funds. It is simply a tracked amount that may be used to calculate potential Bonus Vault bonus payouts based on your live trading withdrawals and continued eligibility.
Why did Apex create the Bonus Vault?
Apex designed the Bonus Vault so traders who built simulated profit balances in Performance Accounts have an opportunity to benefit from that effort after moving into live trading. Instead of requiring all simulated balances to be forfeited when the trader transitions to live, Apex tracks eligible simulated Performance Account balances and allows eligible traders to receive a monthly bonus tied to live trading withdrawals.
How is the Bonus Vault amount calculated?
When you move to live trading, Apex totals the eligible simulated profit balances from your open, profitable Performance Accounts. That total becomes your Bonus Vault tracking amount.
Example: If you have 5 Performance Accounts with $2,000 of simulated profit balance in each account when you move to live, Apex tracks $10,000 in your Bonus Vault.
How do Bonus Vault payouts work?
While your live account is active and you are making live withdrawals, you may be eligible for a Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of your monthly live withdrawals. That bonus amount is deducted from your remaining Bonus Vault balance.
Bonus Vault example
Step | Example
Simulated balances at transition | 5 Performance Accounts x $2,000 each = $10,000 tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Live withdrawal request | Trader requests a $10,000 live payout.
Not only are traders able to scale the contract limits in one account, but traders may also scale up to trading 5 Live Accounts simultaneously!
Level | Live Profit Balance | Contract Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Notes
Level 1 | $0 – $10,000 | 3 mini / 30 micro | No DLL | $0 starting balance, $3,000 EOD drawdown, no contract scaling, no consistency rule.
Level 2 | $10,000 – $50,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro | $5,000 DLL | DLL is intended as a larger protective limit for flash-crash events or outages, not as a tight daily cap.
Level 3 | $50,000+ | Custom review | Custom review | Trader may continue under Level 2 or request a meeting with a risk manager to customize a plan.
What happens at Level 3?
At Level 3, a trader may choose to continue under the Level 2 program, or the trader may request a meeting with a risk manager to discuss a customized plan. A trader at this level may also be considered for additional opportunities, which may include larger accounts, corporate portfolio management, additional markets or instruments, and further coaching or training.
Additional opportunities may also include potential staff-level, employee-level, salary, special bonus, corporate benefit, team lead, management, team performance bonus, training, coaching, and Apex live event opportunities. These opportunities are not guaranteed and are subject to Apex review and approval.
Can a payout move my account down to a lower level?
Yes. Payout requests reduce the live account profit balance. If a payout moves the account balance below a level threshold, the system update at the end of the day may place the account under the lower level parameters, until it crosses back over the next level requirements. This updates at the end of each trading day.
Example: If your live account is at Level 2 and you request a payout that lowers the profit balance below $10,000, the account may update to Level 1 parameters for contract amounts and Daily Loss Limit rules.
How many live accounts am I eligible for?
− The number of live accounts a trader may be eligible to receive is designated at the time of graduation to live, by the number of PA accounts active at the time of graduation
− Traders with 1 to 4 PA accounts at graduation will receive eligibility to have up to the equivalent number of live accounts (Example: 3 PA accounts were open at the time of graduation; this trader would be eligible for up to three live accounts.
− Traders with 5 or more PA accounts at graduation may be eligible for the maximum of 5 live accounts
How do I activate additional live accounts?
At the time your first account reaches a profit of $4500 or more, you may request a second account. The initial account must maintain a balance of $4500 until the second account is enabled.
As each new account is created, that new account must reach a profit of $4500 or more, and a trader may request another account, up to the maximum of 5 live accounts.
If any account is failed, the trader will continue to focus on the active live accounts without the possibility of new accounts being created.
If all live accounts are failed, the trader may return to the requalification / second-chance program per the guidelines of this program.
6. Live Payout Program
What is the live profit split?
Live trading profits are split 90/10: 90% to the trader and 10% to Apex.
How often can I request a live payout?
You may request live payouts daily.
Is there a minimum payout request amount?
Yes. The minimum live payout request amount is $500.
Are there minimum trading days between live payout requests?
No. There are no minimum trading day requirements between live payout requests.
Is there a minimum daily profit amount between live payout requests?
No. There is no daily minimum profit amount required between live payout requests.
Is there a cap on the live payout request amount?
No. There is no cap or limit on the withdrawal request amount, as long as the request meets the minimum payout amount, available profit, account status, and program requirements.
Can I request the entire account balance?
− Payout requests may only be made from profits above the $3,100 safety net level. This is designed to help protect new live accounts during the highest-risk early stage, build a cushion, and improve the long-term potential of the account. Payout request of amounts within the safety net range are only available after 90 days of trading the live account and would cause the account to be closed and future cycles into the live trading environment would no longer be available.
Are live payout requests denied or reviewed?
Live payout requests are not subject to the same simulated-account payout rules and guidelines. To be processed, a live payout request must still meet the $500 minimum request amount, have enough available live profit above the safety net to cover the request, and comply with all account status, payment, security, and compliance requirements.
How long does payout processing take?
Approved live profits are withdrawn and sent to Payment Service Processing within 48 hours of the request.
How do live payouts affect the Bonus Vault?
Eligible live withdrawals may create eligibility for a monthly Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of the total monthly live withdrawal amount, until the Bonus Vault is depleted and subject to all eligibility requirements.
7. Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms
Does Apex charge an account fee for the live account?
No. Apex does not bill a monthly recurring fee or an up-front one-time fee for the live account itself.
Are there professional data fees?
Yes. As a live trader, you are considered a professional trader for data purposes. Professional data feeds are approximately $150 per month. Apex covers the expense of the initial main data fee. If you trade special or specific instruments that require additional data fees, those additional fees are the trader’s responsibility and may be added on and purchased through the platform by credit card.
Who sets commissions?
The Requalification Eval-to-Live product is designed for traders who have lost a live account and want to work their way back into the live trading program.
Rule | Requirement
Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or any subsequent attempt.
Minimum days to pass | 5 days.
Consistency rule | 40%.
Minimum daily profit requirement | $250 per day profit required.
Drawdown type | Live intraday drawdown.
Profit target | $4,000.
Trailing drawdown | $2,000.
Done-for-Now Loss Limit | $1,000. Each negative $1,000 triggers a Done-for-Now flatten event.
Flatten Event | Open trades are closed and flattened. The trader is not locked out until the next day and may continue trading that same day if they choose.
Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Section: 10. Requalification Process: Eval-to-Live Product
− Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned
− Carry Forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Requalification account must be passed.
Is there a limit to the number of Requalification attempts?
No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the requalification Eval-to-Live product. Only one requalification account may be purchased at a time.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into the live environment is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
Do requalification accounts expire?
− No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Traders must use strategies and risk-management techniques consistent with those they would use in a personally funded account at a registered broker. Apex does not fund traders who deviate from this professional standard.
Unauthorized users
Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account. Allowing any other individual to access the account, complete verification, or trade the account is strictly prohibited. Apex reserves the right to request additional information, audits, and verification procedures to confirm that only the authorized user is accessing or trading the account.
Account and resource sharing
Sharing MAC addresses, computers, IP addresses, credit cards, or trade copying with other traders is strictly forbidden. Violations may result in account closure, forfeiture of funds, and additional verification or audits.
Multiple account creation
Creating multiple user accounts is prohibited and is a bannable offense. You may not create additional accounts in the household or through associated parties if an existing user account has special provisions, such as an evaluation restriction or trader probation. Doing so may be viewed as an attempt to circumvent account provisions on an existing account. This applies to both business and personal user accounts.
Holding positions through market close
Traders are responsible for making sure all open trade positions are closed before the market close. Holding open positions through market close is prohibited and may result in forfeiture of accounts and associated balances. Apex reserves the right to audit accounts further if there is suspicion of non-compliance.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 3 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
After
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
+ The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses (see below).
Topic | Apex Live Program Summary
Live selection | Apex may move a trader into live trading at any time based on trading style, P&L, account count, speed of simulated profit accumulation, and trader history with Apex.
Simulated accounts | Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts are closed or deactivated when the trader is selected for live. Live prop status and simulated status cannot be active at the same time.
Evaluation Accounts | Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
Performance Accounts | Open Performance Accounts are deactivated. Simulated profit balances in profitable Performance Accounts are tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Starting live balance | $0 starting balance.
Initial drawdown | $3,000 end-of-day drawdown.
Initial contract limit | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Initial daily loss limit | No Daily Loss Limit at Level 1.
+ Number of Live Accounts | Max 5 Live Accounts based on the number of eligible Sim PA Accounts held. Live traders start with one account and must meet scaling qualification to add on each additional account, up to a max of 5
Profit split | 90% to the trader / 10% to Apex on live trading profits.
Live payout requests | Daily payout requests are available, with a $500 minimum request amount and enough available live profit to cover the request.
+ Safety Net | Once the profit balance reaches $3,100 the EOD drawdown will stop and the maximum loss limit will be locked at + $100. If the account balance dips down to $100 or below, the Live Account will be closed.The $3,100 “safety net” is maintained in the account to allow buffer / cushion for drawdown. Payout requests are not available on safety net balances until account closure.Payout requests can be made on profit amounts above the Safety Net level of $3,100.
Bonus Vault | A tracking ledger of potential eligible simulated profit balances from deactivated Simulated / Demo Performance Accounts. This is not real money, not real profits, not real gains, not live funds, and not a cash account. There are no rights, obligations, duties, gains, or actual stored value in the “Bonus Vault”, it is simply a tracking report.
Bonus Vault payout | Eligible traders may receive a monthly 20% Bonus Vault bonus based on live withdrawals, until the Bonus Vault is depleted, subject to Apex approval and active-account requirements. Traders may be eligible to receive a 40% Bonus Vault bonus on their first payout month.
Inactivity | Live accounts are intended for active trading. Accounts with no trading activity for a month or past 30 days may be closed.
Live failure path | In the event live accounts are blown, Apex offers the opportunity for a requalification path
1. Program Overview
What is the Apex Live Prop Trading Program?
The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is the next step for selected traders who have demonstrated performance in the Apex simulated environment, that shows it is time for a different path forward. It is not an introductory evaluation account and it is not a simulated Performance Account. It is a separate live prop trading department with its own onboarding process, live member system, documentation, risk oversight, payout process, and trading rules.
Is moving to live trading automatic?
No. Apex reserves the right to move a trader out of the simulated environment and into the live environment at any time. The decision may be based on observed discipline, consistency, risk management ability, strategy or system performance, total lifetime Sim Payouts, trading style, P&L balances, speed of simulated profit accumulation, trader history with Apex, and any other information Apex considers relevant.
When does Apex begin monitoring a trader for possible live selection?
In general, a trader may begin to be monitored for potential live candidacy after one or more of the following occurs:
For Example:
What happens after I register in the Apex live member system?
After you are set up in the live system, you will be directed through the required live onboarding steps. These may include documentation, required preparation, training, coaching, and educational materials. This includes education and requirements related to CME and live trading. The live site process will walk you through each step and update your progress and status along the way.
What happens to my Evaluation Accounts?
Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
What happens to my Performance Accounts?
Performance Accounts are deactivated when you move into live trading. Any open Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Does a Performance Account need to have had a payout to be included in the Bonus Vault?
No. A Performance Account is not required to have had at least one payout in order to be considered for the Bonus Vault. Any open Performance Account with a positive simulated profit balance may be included in the total Bonus Vault amount.
What happens to Performance Accounts with no simulated profit balance?
Only open Performance Accounts with positive simulated profit balances are included in the Bonus Vault total. Accounts without eligible simulated profit balances do not add to the Bonus Vault.
3. The Bonus Vault
What is the Bonus Vault?
+ The Bonus Vault is a tracking ledger that records the total eligible simulated profit balances from your deactivated Apex Performance Accounts when you move to live trading. It is called a vault for tracking purposes only. Eligibility for the Bonus Vault begins with an approved Live account from the Broker.
The Bonus Vault is not real money. It is not live trading capital. It is not a bank account, brokerage account, cash account, trust account, or separate account holding real funds. It is simply a tracked amount that may be used to calculate potential Bonus Vault bonus payouts based on your live trading withdrawals and continued eligibility.
Why did Apex create the Bonus Vault?
Apex designed the Bonus Vault so traders who built simulated profit balances in Performance Accounts have an opportunity to benefit from that effort after moving into live trading. Instead of requiring all simulated balances to be forfeited when the trader transitions to live, Apex tracks eligible simulated Performance Account balances and allows eligible traders to receive a monthly bonus tied to live trading withdrawals.
How is the Bonus Vault amount calculated?
When you move to live trading, Apex totals the eligible simulated profit balances from your open, profitable Performance Accounts. That total becomes your Bonus Vault tracking amount.
Example: If you have 5 Performance Accounts with $2,000 of simulated profit balance in each account when you move to live, Apex tracks $10,000 in your Bonus Vault.
How do Bonus Vault payouts work?
While your live account is active and you are making live withdrawals, you may be eligible for a Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of your monthly live withdrawals. That bonus amount is deducted from your remaining Bonus Vault balance.
Bonus Vault example
Step | Example
Simulated balances at transition | 5 Performance Accounts x $2,000 each = $10,000 tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Live withdrawal request | Trader requests a $10,000 live payout.
Not only are traders able to scale the contract limits in one account, but traders may also scale up to trading 5 Live Accounts simultaneously!
Level | Live Profit Balance | Contract Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Notes
Level 1 | $0 – $10,000 | 3 mini / 30 micro | No DLL | $0 starting balance, $3,000 EOD drawdown, no contract scaling, no consistency rule.
Level 2 | $10,000 – $50,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro | $5,000 DLL | DLL is intended as a larger protective limit for flash-crash events or outages, not as a tight daily cap.
Level 3 | $50,000+ | Custom review | Custom review | Trader may continue under Level 2 or request a meeting with a risk manager to customize a plan.
What happens at Level 3?
At Level 3, a trader may choose to continue under the Level 2 program, or the trader may request a meeting with a risk manager to discuss a customized plan. A trader at this level may also be considered for additional opportunities, which may include larger accounts, corporate portfolio management, additional markets or instruments, and further coaching or training.
Additional opportunities may also include potential staff-level, employee-level, salary, special bonus, corporate benefit, team lead, management, team performance bonus, training, coaching, and Apex live event opportunities. These opportunities are not guaranteed and are subject to Apex review and approval.
Can a payout move my account down to a lower level?
Yes. Payout requests reduce the live account profit balance. If a payout moves the account balance below a level threshold, the system update at the end of the day may place the account under the lower level parameters, until it crosses back over the next level requirements. This updates at the end of each trading day.
Example: If your live account is at Level 2 and you request a payout that lowers the profit balance below $10,000, the account may update to Level 1 parameters for contract amounts and Daily Loss Limit rules.
How many live accounts am I eligible for?
+ The number of live accounts a trader may be eligible to receive is designated at the time of graduation to live, by the number of PA accounts active at the time of graduation.
+ Traders with 1 to 4 PA accounts at graduation will receive eligibility to have up to the equivalent number of live accounts (Example: 3 PA accounts were open at the time of graduation; this trader would be eligible for up to three live accounts).
+ Traders with 5 or more PA accounts at graduation may be eligible for the maximum of 5 live accounts.
How do I activate additional live accounts?
At the time your first account reaches a profit of $4500 or more, you may request a second account. The initial account must maintain a balance of $4500 until the second account is enabled.
As each new account is created, that new account must reach a profit of $4500 or more, and a trader may request another account, up to the maximum of 5 live accounts.
If any account is failed, the trader will continue to focus on the active live accounts without the possibility of new accounts being created.
If all live accounts are failed, the trader may return to the requalification / second-chance program per the guidelines of this program.
6. Live Payout Program
What is the live profit split?
Live trading profits are split 90/10: 90% to the trader and 10% to Apex.
How often can I request a live payout?
You may request live payouts daily.
Is there a minimum payout request amount?
Yes. The minimum live payout request amount is $500.
Are there minimum trading days between live payout requests?
No. There are no minimum trading day requirements between live payout requests.
Is there a minimum daily profit amount between live payout requests?
No. There is no daily minimum profit amount required between live payout requests.
Is there a cap on the live payout request amount?
No. There is no cap or limit on the withdrawal request amount, as long as the request meets the minimum payout amount, available profit, account status, and program requirements.
Can I request the entire account balance?
+ Payout requests may only be made from profits above the $3,100 safety net level. This is designed to help protect new live accounts during the highest-risk early stage, build a cushion, and improve the long-term potential of the account. Payout requests for amounts within the safety net range are only available after 90 days of trading the live account and would cause the account to be closed and future cycles into the live trading environment would no longer be available.
Are live payout requests denied or reviewed?
Live payout requests are not subject to the same simulated-account payout rules and guidelines. To be processed, a live payout request must still meet the $500 minimum request amount, have enough available live profit above the safety net to cover the request, and comply with all account status, payment, security, and compliance requirements.
How long does payout processing take?
Approved live profits are withdrawn and sent to Payment Service Processing within 48 hours of the request.
How do live payouts affect the Bonus Vault?
Eligible live withdrawals may create eligibility for a monthly Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of the total monthly live withdrawal amount, until the Bonus Vault is depleted and subject to all eligibility requirements.
7. Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms
Does Apex charge an account fee for the live account?
No. Apex does not bill a monthly recurring fee or an up-front one-time fee for the live account itself.
Are there professional data fees?
Yes. As a live trader, you are considered a professional trader for data purposes. Professional data feeds are approximately $150 per month. Apex covers the expense of the initial main data fee. If you trade special or specific instruments that require additional data fees, those additional fees are the trader’s responsibility and may be added on and purchased through the platform by credit card.
Who sets commissions?
The Requalification Eval-to-Live product is designed for traders who have lost a live account and want to work their way back into the live trading program.
Rule | Requirement
Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or any subsequent attempt.
Minimum days to pass | 5 days.
Consistency rule | 40%.
Minimum daily profit requirement | $250 per day profit required.
Drawdown type | Live intraday drawdown.
Profit target | $4,000.
Trailing drawdown | $2,000.
Done-for-Now Loss Limit | $1,000. Each negative $1,000 triggers a Done-for-Now flatten event.
Flatten Event | Open trades are closed and flattened. The trader is not locked out until the next day and may continue trading that same day if they choose.
Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Section: 10. Requalification Process: Eval-to-Live Product
+ Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned.
+ Carry-forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new requalification account must be passed.
Is there a limit to the number of Requalification attempts?
No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the requalification Eval-to-Live product. Only one requalification account may be purchased at a time.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into the live environment is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
Do requalification accounts expire?
+ No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled.
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Traders must use strategies and risk-management techniques consistent with those they would use in a personally funded account at a registered broker. Apex does not fund traders who deviate from this professional standard.
Unauthorized users
Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account. Allowing any other individual to access the account, complete verification, or trade the account is strictly prohibited. Apex reserves the right to request additional information, audits, and verification procedures to confirm that only the authorized user is accessing or trading the account.
Account and resource sharing
Sharing MAC addresses, computers, IP addresses, credit cards, or trade copying with other traders is strictly forbidden. Violations may result in account closure, forfeiture of funds, and additional verification or audits.
Multiple account creation
Creating multiple user accounts is prohibited and is a bannable offense. You may not create additional accounts in the household or through associated parties if an existing user account has special provisions, such as an evaluation restriction or trader probation. Doing so may be viewed as an attempt to circumvent account provisions on an existing account. This applies to both business and personal user accounts.
Holding positions through market close
Traders are responsible for making sure all open trade positions are closed before the market close. Holding open positions through market close is prohibited and may result in forfeiture of accounts and associated balances. Apex reserves the right to audit accounts further if there is suspicion of non-compliance.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
+ What happens during Onboarding?
+ The onboarding process begins with the deactivation of all Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts. Refunds will be issued for eligible Evaluation Account fees. Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and recorded in the Bonus Vault.
+ The graduated user will then receive onboarding document requests such as a Power of Attorney form, an identity verification request, and, in some cases, a Proof of Address request. These requests come directly from the Broker and must be completed before a Live account can be provisioned.
+ Once the requested documents have been submitted, the Broker will review them and determine whether to approve or deny the Live account request. This decision is made solely by the Broker. Apex does not control the Broker’s approval process and cannot override the Broker’s decision.
+ What happens if the Broker denies a Live account request?
+ If the Broker denies the Live account request based on its review of the submitted documentation, Apex will manually update the user’s Live Program election to Opt Out and issue the final reward of $3,000 within 30 days of the Apex Live Department’s communication.
+ The Bonus Vault is a bonus that is contingent upon eligibility for an approved Live account. The Bonus Vault does not represent cash, live trading capital, or funds held in a bank, brokerage, cash, trust, or other financial account. Therefore, if the Broker declines the Live account request, the Bonus Vault cannot be paid out.
+ Live Eligibility and Country Restrictions:
+ Is Live eligibility the same as Sim eligibility?
+ No. Live accounts are opened through our brokerage partner, and the partner decides which countries and regions it can support. A country that is eligible for Sim may not be eligible for Live.
+ Which countries and regions are not eligible for Live?
+ The countries and regions below are not supported by our brokerage partner at this time. This list can change at any time based on updates from our brokerage partner. Countries marked “(US exception)” have a possible exception for US residents.
+ Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live | Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live | Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live
+ Afghanistan | Albania | Algeria
+ Angola | Antarctica | Barbados
+ Belarus | Belize | Benin
+ Bosnia and Herzegovina | Botswana | Bulgaria
+ Burkina Faso | Burundi | Cameroon
+ Canada (all provinces and territories except Ontario) | Cape Verde | Chad
+ Christmas Island | Clipperton Island | Cocos (Keeling) Islands
+ Comoros | Congo (including the Democratic Republic of the Congo) | Cook Islands
+ Coral Islands | Cote d’Ivoire (Ivory Coast) | Croatia
+ Cuba (US exception) | Dhekelia | Djibouti
+ Dominica | East Timor | Equatorial Guinea
+ Eritrea | Ethiopia | Falkland Islands
+ Fiji | French West Indies | Gabon
+ Gambia | Ghana | Guinea
+ Guinea-Bissau | Guyana | Haiti
+ Heard and McDonald Islands | Iran (US exception) | Iraq
+ Jamaica | Jordan | Kazakhstan
+ Kenya | Kiribati | Kosovo
+ Laos | Lebanon | Lesotho
+ Liberia | Libya | Malawi
+ Mali | Malta | Mauritania
+ Mauritius | Mayotte | Micronesia
+ Monaco | Mongolia | Montenegro
+ Montserrat | Morocco | Mozambique
+ Myanmar | Namibia | Nauru
+ Nepal | Nicaragua | Niger
+ Nigeria | North Korea | North Macedonia
+ Northern Cyprus | Pakistan (US exception) | Palestine
+ Panama | Philippines | Qatar
+ Romania | Russia (US exception) | Rwanda
+ Sao Tome and Principe | Senegal | Serbia
+ Seychelles | Sierra Leone | Slovenia
+ Somalia | South Africa | South Georgia and Sandwich Islands
+ Sri Lanka | St. Vincent and the Grenadines | Sudan
+ Suriname | Svalbard and Jan Mayen | Syria (US exception)
+ Tajikistan | Tanzania | Togo
+ Trinidad and Tobago | Tunisia | Turkey
+ Turkmenistan | Tuvalu | Uganda
+ Ukraine | Venezuela | Vietnam
+ Western Balkans | Western Sahara | Yemen
+ Yugoslavia | Zaire | Zambia
+ Zimbabwe | |
+ What happens if I’m selected for Live and my country isn’t supported?
+ If your country or region is on this list, we are unable to open a Live account for you. This restriction is the broker’s decision, not Apex’s. Instead of opening the account, Apex will issue you a direct payment of $3,000, which is the amount of risk your Live account would have started with. If your country becomes eligible in the future, we may reach out to invite you back into the program with no additional qualification requirements and with your original Bonus Vault balance fully restored.
+ Are there exceptions for US residents?
+ Countries marked “(US exception)” have a possible exception for US residents. If you believe you qualify, submit a ticket to the live help desk.
+ Can I trade or request payouts while I’m traveling in a country that is not eligible for Live?
+ No. While you are physically in a country that is not eligible for Live, you cannot place trades or request payouts on your Live account. Access resumes when you return to an eligible country. If you plan to travel to a country that is not eligible for Live, please let us know in advance by submitting a ticket. Letting us know ahead of time helps us avoid issues with your account while you are away, such as the inactivity rule.
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 3 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
Important Notice
Apex reserves the right to update these rules, policies, requirements, and program details at any time, with or without notice. This FAQ is intended to explain the general Apex Live Prop Trading Program in a clear, public-facing format. The Apex User Agreement, live prop transition paperwork, Apex live member system, written Apex communications, and any applicable broker, exchange, or regulatory requirements will control if there is any conflict.
Quick Overview
− The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses ( See below ).
+ The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is an invitation-based progression from the simulated trading environment into Apex’s live prop trading department. Traders cannot have both Live and Sim accounts at the same time. Once a trader is selected for live trading, they have “graduated” from the Sim Phase and no more Sim accounts, rewards, or services will be available. All current Sim Accounts will be closed, and all positive simulated profit balances will be tallied up and tracked for potential Bonus Vault bonuses (see below).
Topic | Apex Live Program Summary
Live selection | Apex may move a trader into live trading at any time based on trading style, P&L, account count, speed of simulated profit accumulation, and trader history with Apex.
Simulated accounts | Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts are closed or deactivated when the trader is selected for live. Live prop status and simulated status cannot be active at the same time.
Evaluation Accounts | Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
Performance Accounts | Open Performance Accounts are deactivated. Simulated profit balances in profitable Performance Accounts are tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Starting live balance | $0 starting balance.
Initial drawdown | $3,000 end-of-day drawdown.
Initial contract limit | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Initial daily loss limit | No Daily Loss Limit at Level 1.
− Number of Live Accounts | Max 5 Live Accounts based on number of eligible Sim PA Accounts were held. Live traders start with one account and must meet scaling qualification to add on each additional account up to a max of 5
+ Number of Live Accounts | Max 5 Live Accounts based on the number of eligible Sim PA Accounts held. Live traders start with one account and must meet scaling qualification to add on each additional account, up to a max of 5
Profit split | 90% to the trader / 10% to Apex on live trading profits.
Live payout requests | Daily payout requests are available, with a $500 minimum request amount and enough available live profit to cover the request.
− Safety Net | Once the profit balances reaches $3,100 the EOD drawdown will stop and the maximum loss limit will be locked at + $100. If the account balance dips down to $100 or below, the Live Account will be closed.The $3,100 “safety net” is maintained in the account to allow buffer / cushion for drawdown. Payout requests are not available on safety net balances until account closure.Payout requests can be made on profit amounts above the Safety Net level of $3,100.
+ Safety Net | Once the profit balance reaches $3,100 the EOD drawdown will stop and the maximum loss limit will be locked at + $100. If the account balance dips down to $100 or below, the Live Account will be closed.The $3,100 “safety net” is maintained in the account to allow buffer / cushion for drawdown. Payout requests are not available on safety net balances until account closure.Payout requests can be made on profit amounts above the Safety Net level of $3,100.
Bonus Vault | A tracking ledger of potential eligible simulated profit balances from deactivated Simulated / Demo Performance Accounts. This is not real money, not real profits, not real gains, not live funds, and not a cash account. There are no rights, obligations, duties, gains, or actual stored value in the “Bonus Vault”, it is simply a tracking report.
Bonus Vault payout | Eligible traders may receive a monthly 20% Bonus Vault bonus based on live withdrawals, until the Bonus Vault is depleted, subject to Apex approval and active-account requirements. Traders may be eligible to receive a 40% Bonus Vault bonus on their first payout month.
Inactivity | Live accounts are intended for active trading. Accounts with no trading activity for a month or past 30 days may be closed.
Live failure path | In the event live accounts are blown, Apex offers the opportunity for a requalification path
1. Program Overview
What is the Apex Live Prop Trading Program?
The Apex Live Prop Trading Program is the next step for selected traders who have demonstrated performance in the Apex simulated environment, that shows it is time for a different path forward. It is not an introductory evaluation account and it is not a simulated Performance Account. It is a separate live prop trading department with its own onboarding process, live member system, documentation, risk oversight, payout process, and trading rules.
Is moving to live trading automatic?
No. Apex reserves the right to move a trader out of the simulated environment and into the live environment at any time. The decision may be based on observed discipline, consistency, risk management ability, strategy or system performance, total lifetime Sim Payouts, trading style, P&L balances, speed of simulated profit accumulation, trader history with Apex, and any other information Apex considers relevant.
When does Apex begin monitoring a trader for possible live selection?
In general, a trader may begin to be monitored for potential live candidacy after one or more of the following occurs:
For Example:
What happens after I register in the Apex live member system?
After you are set up in the live system, you will be directed through the required live onboarding steps. These may include documentation, required preparation, training, coaching, and educational materials. This includes education and requirements related to CME and live trading. The live site process will walk you through each step and update your progress and status along the way.
What happens to my Evaluation Accounts?
Once you are selected for the Live program, all Evaluation Accounts will be closed. Refunds will be issued only for Evaluation Accounts that are active at the time of selection. Evaluation Accounts that have been blown prior to selection are not eligible for a refund.
What happens to my Performance Accounts?
Performance Accounts are deactivated when you move into live trading. Any open Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Does a Performance Account need to have had a payout to be included in the Bonus Vault?
No. A Performance Account is not required to have had at least one payout in order to be considered for the Bonus Vault. Any open Performance Account with a positive simulated profit balance may be included in the total Bonus Vault amount.
What happens to Performance Accounts with no simulated profit balance?
Only open Performance Accounts with positive simulated profit balances are included in the Bonus Vault total. Accounts without eligible simulated profit balances do not add to the Bonus Vault.
3. The Bonus Vault
What is the Bonus Vault?
− The Bonus Vault is a tracking ledger that records the total eligible simulated profit balances from your deactivated Apex Performance Accounts when you move to live trading. It is called a vault for tracking purposes only.
+ The Bonus Vault is a tracking ledger that records the total eligible simulated profit balances from your deactivated Apex Performance Accounts when you move to live trading. It is called a vault for tracking purposes only. Eligibility for the Bonus Vault begins with an approved Live account from the Broker.
The Bonus Vault is not real money. It is not live trading capital. It is not a bank account, brokerage account, cash account, trust account, or separate account holding real funds. It is simply a tracked amount that may be used to calculate potential Bonus Vault bonus payouts based on your live trading withdrawals and continued eligibility.
Why did Apex create the Bonus Vault?
Apex designed the Bonus Vault so traders who built simulated profit balances in Performance Accounts have an opportunity to benefit from that effort after moving into live trading. Instead of requiring all simulated balances to be forfeited when the trader transitions to live, Apex tracks eligible simulated Performance Account balances and allows eligible traders to receive a monthly bonus tied to live trading withdrawals.
How is the Bonus Vault amount calculated?
When you move to live trading, Apex totals the eligible simulated profit balances from your open, profitable Performance Accounts. That total becomes your Bonus Vault tracking amount.
Example: If you have 5 Performance Accounts with $2,000 of simulated profit balance in each account when you move to live, Apex tracks $10,000 in your Bonus Vault.
How do Bonus Vault payouts work?
While your live account is active and you are making live withdrawals, you may be eligible for a Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of your monthly live withdrawals. That bonus amount is deducted from your remaining Bonus Vault balance.
Bonus Vault example
Step | Example
Simulated balances at transition | 5 Performance Accounts x $2,000 each = $10,000 tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Live withdrawal request | Trader requests a $10,000 live payout.
Not only are traders able to scale the contract limits in one account, but traders may also scale up to trading 5 Live Accounts simultaneously!
Level | Live Profit Balance | Contract Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Notes
Level 1 | $0 – $10,000 | 3 mini / 30 micro | No DLL | $0 starting balance, $3,000 EOD drawdown, no contract scaling, no consistency rule.
Level 2 | $10,000 – $50,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro | $5,000 DLL | DLL is intended as a larger protective limit for flash-crash events or outages, not as a tight daily cap.
Level 3 | $50,000+ | Custom review | Custom review | Trader may continue under Level 2 or request a meeting with a risk manager to customize a plan.
What happens at Level 3?
At Level 3, a trader may choose to continue under the Level 2 program, or the trader may request a meeting with a risk manager to discuss a customized plan. A trader at this level may also be considered for additional opportunities, which may include larger accounts, corporate portfolio management, additional markets or instruments, and further coaching or training.
Additional opportunities may also include potential staff-level, employee-level, salary, special bonus, corporate benefit, team lead, management, team performance bonus, training, coaching, and Apex live event opportunities. These opportunities are not guaranteed and are subject to Apex review and approval.
Can a payout move my account down to a lower level?
Yes. Payout requests reduce the live account profit balance. If a payout moves the account balance below a level threshold, the system update at the end of the day may place the account under the lower level parameters, until it crosses back over the next level requirements. This updates at the end of each trading day.
Example: If your live account is at Level 2 and you request a payout that lowers the profit balance below $10,000, the account may update to Level 1 parameters for contract amounts and Daily Loss Limit rules.
How many live accounts am I eligible for?
− The number of live accounts a trader may be eligible to receive is designated at the time of graduation to live, by the number of PA accounts active at the time of graduation
− Traders with 1 to 4 PA accounts at graduation will receive eligibility to have up to the equivalent number of live accounts (Example: 3 PA accounts were open at the time of graduation; this trader would be eligible for up to three live accounts.
− Traders with 5 or more PA accounts at graduation may be eligible for the maximum of 5 live accounts
+ The number of live accounts a trader may be eligible to receive is designated at the time of graduation to live, by the number of PA accounts active at the time of graduation.
+ Traders with 1 to 4 PA accounts at graduation will receive eligibility to have up to the equivalent number of live accounts (Example: 3 PA accounts were open at the time of graduation; this trader would be eligible for up to three live accounts).
+ Traders with 5 or more PA accounts at graduation may be eligible for the maximum of 5 live accounts.
How do I activate additional live accounts?
At the time your first account reaches a profit of $4500 or more, you may request a second account. The initial account must maintain a balance of $4500 until the second account is enabled.
As each new account is created, that new account must reach a profit of $4500 or more, and a trader may request another account, up to the maximum of 5 live accounts.
If any account is failed, the trader will continue to focus on the active live accounts without the possibility of new accounts being created.
If all live accounts are failed, the trader may return to the requalification / second-chance program per the guidelines of this program.
6. Live Payout Program
What is the live profit split?
Live trading profits are split 90/10: 90% to the trader and 10% to Apex.
How often can I request a live payout?
You may request live payouts daily.
Is there a minimum payout request amount?
Yes. The minimum live payout request amount is $500.
Are there minimum trading days between live payout requests?
No. There are no minimum trading day requirements between live payout requests.
Is there a minimum daily profit amount between live payout requests?
No. There is no daily minimum profit amount required between live payout requests.
Is there a cap on the live payout request amount?
No. There is no cap or limit on the withdrawal request amount, as long as the request meets the minimum payout amount, available profit, account status, and program requirements.
Can I request the entire account balance?
− Payout requests may only be made from profits above the $3,100 safety net level. This is designed to help protect new live accounts during the highest-risk early stage, build a cushion, and improve the long-term potential of the account. Payout request of amounts within the safety net range are only available after 90 days of trading the live account and would cause the account to be closed and future cycles into the live trading environment would no longer be available.
+ Payout requests may only be made from profits above the $3,100 safety net level. This is designed to help protect new live accounts during the highest-risk early stage, build a cushion, and improve the long-term potential of the account. Payout requests for amounts within the safety net range are only available after 90 days of trading the live account and would cause the account to be closed and future cycles into the live trading environment would no longer be available.
Are live payout requests denied or reviewed?
Live payout requests are not subject to the same simulated-account payout rules and guidelines. To be processed, a live payout request must still meet the $500 minimum request amount, have enough available live profit above the safety net to cover the request, and comply with all account status, payment, security, and compliance requirements.
How long does payout processing take?
Approved live profits are withdrawn and sent to Payment Service Processing within 48 hours of the request.
How do live payouts affect the Bonus Vault?
Eligible live withdrawals may create eligibility for a monthly Bonus Vault payout equal to 20% of the total monthly live withdrawal amount, until the Bonus Vault is depleted and subject to all eligibility requirements.
7. Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms
Does Apex charge an account fee for the live account?
No. Apex does not bill a monthly recurring fee or an up-front one-time fee for the live account itself.
Are there professional data fees?
Yes. As a live trader, you are considered a professional trader for data purposes. Professional data feeds are approximately $150 per month. Apex covers the expense of the initial main data fee. If you trade special or specific instruments that require additional data fees, those additional fees are the trader’s responsibility and may be added on and purchased through the platform by credit card.
Who sets commissions?
The Requalification Eval-to-Live product is designed for traders who have lost a live account and want to work their way back into the live trading program.
Rule | Requirement
Price | $199, whether it is the first attempt or any subsequent attempt.
Minimum days to pass | 5 days.
Consistency rule | 40%.
Minimum daily profit requirement | $250 per day profit required.
Drawdown type | Live intraday drawdown.
Profit target | $4,000.
Trailing drawdown | $2,000.
Done-for-Now Loss Limit | $1,000. Each negative $1,000 triggers a Done-for-Now flatten event.
Flatten Event | Open trades are closed and flattened. The trader is not locked out until the next day and may continue trading that same day if they choose.
Contracts | 3 mini contracts / 30 micro contracts.
Section: 10. Requalification Process: Eval-to-Live Product
− Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned
− Carry Forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new Requalification account must be passed.
+ Live account result | Passing multiple Second Chance accounts does not create multiple live accounts. Only one live account is available on day one, and the additional accounts need to be scaled into. When a requalification account is passed, the trader may request a new live account to be provisioned.
+ Carry-forward Rule | Passed Requalification accounts do not carry forward. If the new live account is lost, a new requalification account must be passed.
Is there a limit to the number of Requalification attempts?
No. There is no limit to the number of times a trader may attempt to pass the requalification Eval-to-Live product. Only one requalification account may be purchased at a time.
Do I automatically get up to 5 live accounts on my second round?
The amount of total Live Accounts available to scale into the live environment is still based on the max eligible from the first round.
Do requalification accounts expire?
− No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled
+ No, requalification accounts do not expire; however, they are subject to an inactivity rule. For requalification accounts to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. Any blown requalification accounts must be reset within 30 days or they will be permanently disabled.
11. Longevity Assistance Program
What is the Longevity Assistance Program?
The Longevity Assistance Program is a live risk-support and coaching process designed to help traders preserve their live account and work through periods of struggle, uncertainty, erratic trading, sudden loss streaks, or risk-management issues.
Is the Longevity Assistance Program a punishment?
No. The Longevity Assistance Program is not intended to be a punishment. It is intended to help protect the trader and the live account during periods where losses or behavior patterns may threaten the long-term success of the account.
What can a live trading coach or risk manager do under this program?
At any time during the live trading program, including before a fourth live attempt, a live trading coach or risk manager may implement risk-support measures. These may include smaller contract size, contract scaling, Daily Loss Limits, consistency requirements, minimum trading day or profit day requirements between payouts, or a required safety net buffer.
Apex views the live program as a true partnership and profit split. The goal is to help the trader develop long-term consistency and success.
12. Live Trading Rules, Code of Conduct, and Prohibited Activity
A breach or violation of Apex Trading Rules, professional standards, CME regulations and rules, the Code of Conduct, the Apex User Agreement, the Apex site, live prop transition paperwork, or any other applicable Apex guidelines can result in closure, termination, and forfeiture of the live account and all balances, including simulated balances tracked in the Bonus Vault.
Core live trading rules
- You may only trade Apex-approved instruments.
Traders must use strategies and risk-management techniques consistent with those they would use in a personally funded account at a registered broker. Apex does not fund traders who deviate from this professional standard.
Unauthorized users
Only the registered account owner may access, verify, or trade the account. Allowing any other individual to access the account, complete verification, or trade the account is strictly prohibited. Apex reserves the right to request additional information, audits, and verification procedures to confirm that only the authorized user is accessing or trading the account.
Account and resource sharing
Sharing MAC addresses, computers, IP addresses, credit cards, or trade copying with other traders is strictly forbidden. Violations may result in account closure, forfeiture of funds, and additional verification or audits.
Multiple account creation
Creating multiple user accounts is prohibited and is a bannable offense. You may not create additional accounts in the household or through associated parties if an existing user account has special provisions, such as an evaluation restriction or trader probation. Doing so may be viewed as an attempt to circumvent account provisions on an existing account. This applies to both business and personal user accounts.
Holding positions through market close
Traders are responsible for making sure all open trade positions are closed before the market close. Holding open positions through market close is prohibited and may result in forfeiture of accounts and associated balances. Apex reserves the right to audit accounts further if there is suspicion of non-compliance.
Automation and algorithm usage
Automation and algorithm usage are not allowed. Apex rewards are intended to recognize human traders actively participating in the learning and trading process, not automated systems executing preprogrammed logic.
13. Common Questions
+ What happens during Onboarding?
+ The onboarding process begins with the deactivation of all Evaluation Accounts and Performance Accounts. Refunds will be issued for eligible Evaluation Account fees. Performance Accounts with simulated profit balances will be reviewed, totaled, and recorded in the Bonus Vault.
+ The graduated user will then receive onboarding document requests such as a Power of Attorney form, an identity verification request, and, in some cases, a Proof of Address request. These requests come directly from the Broker and must be completed before a Live account can be provisioned.
+ Once the requested documents have been submitted, the Broker will review them and determine whether to approve or deny the Live account request. This decision is made solely by the Broker. Apex does not control the Broker’s approval process and cannot override the Broker’s decision.
+ What happens if the Broker denies a Live account request?
+ If the Broker denies the Live account request based on its review of the submitted documentation, Apex will manually update the user’s Live Program election to Opt Out and issue the final reward of $3,000 within 30 days of the Apex Live Department’s communication.
+ The Bonus Vault is a bonus that is contingent upon eligibility for an approved Live account. The Bonus Vault does not represent cash, live trading capital, or funds held in a bank, brokerage, cash, trust, or other financial account. Therefore, if the Broker declines the Live account request, the Bonus Vault cannot be paid out.
+ Live Eligibility and Country Restrictions:
+ Is Live eligibility the same as Sim eligibility?
+ No. Live accounts are opened through our brokerage partner, and the partner decides which countries and regions it can support. A country that is eligible for Sim may not be eligible for Live.
+ Which countries and regions are not eligible for Live?
+ The countries and regions below are not supported by our brokerage partner at this time. This list can change at any time based on updates from our brokerage partner. Countries marked “(US exception)” have a possible exception for US residents.
+ Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live | Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live | Countries and Regions Not Eligible for Live
+ Afghanistan | Albania | Algeria
+ Angola | Antarctica | Barbados
+ Belarus | Belize | Benin
+ Bosnia and Herzegovina | Botswana | Bulgaria
+ Burkina Faso | Burundi | Cameroon
+ Canada (all provinces and territories except Ontario) | Cape Verde | Chad
+ Christmas Island | Clipperton Island | Cocos (Keeling) Islands
+ Comoros | Congo (including the Democratic Republic of the Congo) | Cook Islands
+ Coral Islands | Cote d’Ivoire (Ivory Coast) | Croatia
+ Cuba (US exception) | Dhekelia | Djibouti
+ Dominica | East Timor | Equatorial Guinea
+ Eritrea | Ethiopia | Falkland Islands
+ Fiji | French West Indies | Gabon
+ Gambia | Ghana | Guinea
+ Guinea-Bissau | Guyana | Haiti
+ Heard and McDonald Islands | Iran (US exception) | Iraq
+ Jamaica | Jordan | Kazakhstan
+ Kenya | Kiribati | Kosovo
+ Laos | Lebanon | Lesotho
+ Liberia | Libya | Malawi
+ Mali | Malta | Mauritania
+ Mauritius | Mayotte | Micronesia
+ Monaco | Mongolia | Montenegro
+ Montserrat | Morocco | Mozambique
+ Myanmar | Namibia | Nauru
+ Nepal | Nicaragua | Niger
+ Nigeria | North Korea | North Macedonia
+ Northern Cyprus | Pakistan (US exception) | Palestine
+ Panama | Philippines | Qatar
+ Romania | Russia (US exception) | Rwanda
+ Sao Tome and Principe | Senegal | Serbia
+ Seychelles | Sierra Leone | Slovenia
+ Somalia | South Africa | South Georgia and Sandwich Islands
+ Sri Lanka | St. Vincent and the Grenadines | Sudan
+ Suriname | Svalbard and Jan Mayen | Syria (US exception)
+ Tajikistan | Tanzania | Togo
+ Trinidad and Tobago | Tunisia | Turkey
+ Turkmenistan | Tuvalu | Uganda
+ Ukraine | Venezuela | Vietnam
+ Western Balkans | Western Sahara | Yemen
+ Yugoslavia | Zaire | Zambia
+ Zimbabwe | |
+ What happens if I’m selected for Live and my country isn’t supported?
+ If your country or region is on this list, we are unable to open a Live account for you. This restriction is the broker’s decision, not Apex’s. Instead of opening the account, Apex will issue you a direct payment of $3,000, which is the amount of risk your Live account would have started with. If your country becomes eligible in the future, we may reach out to invite you back into the program with no additional qualification requirements and with your original Bonus Vault balance fully restored.
+ Are there exceptions for US residents?
+ Countries marked “(US exception)” have a possible exception for US residents. If you believe you qualify, submit a ticket to the live help desk.
+ Can I trade or request payouts while I’m traveling in a country that is not eligible for Live?
+ No. While you are physically in a country that is not eligible for Live, you cannot place trades or request payouts on your Live account. Access resumes when you return to an eligible country. If you plan to travel to a country that is not eligible for Live, please let us know in advance by submitting a ticket. Letting us know ahead of time helps us avoid issues with your account while you are away, such as the inactivity rule.
Can I decline the invitation to move to Apex Live Trading?
Yes. You may decline the invitation to move to live trading. If you decline, your Apex user/member account is fully deactivated. Ongoing Evaluation Accounts, Performance Accounts, simulated accounts, or other Apex Trader Funding services are no longer available.
Apex will consider the member graduated from all simulated account services and will issue a final reward payment in the amount of $3,000 total, which represents the initial risk amount offered in the live account. This payment will be processed and paid within 30 days of declining the invitation to Live.
If you decline the live trading invitation, Bonus Vault amounts and any other simulated balances are forfeited and are not available for use, rewards, payout, or bonus.
Can I request a payout every day?
Yes. You may request payouts daily, provided the request is at least $500, there is enough available live profit to cover the request, and all program requirements are met.
Are there consistency rules on the live account?
There is no consistency rule at Level 1. However, Apex may implement consistency requirements as part of probation guidelines, Longevity Assistance, a fourth-round review, or other risk-management circumstances.
Is there contract scaling on the live account?
There is no contract scaling at Level 1. Contract limits increase by account level based on the live account profit balance. Apex may also implement contract scaling as part of risk-management, probation, Longevity Assistance, or customized Level 3 planning.
Does Apex charge a monthly live account subscription fee?
No. Apex does not charge a monthly recurring account fee or up-front one-time account fee for the live account itself. Data, platform, commission, broker, and special instrument fees may still apply as described in the Fees, Costs, Commissions, and Platforms section.
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/everything-billing-subscriptions-cancellations-resets/legacy-reset-optionsRemoved warning about irreversibility and 10-minute processing time; added sections distinguishing reset availability for active versus liquidated accounts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Resetting Your Legacy Evaluation Account
When to Reset
If your legacy evaluation account becomes inactive because you’ve broken a rule or you are trading close to the drawdown limit, you can choose to reset it. Resetting allows you to start fresh with a full balance, full trailing drawdown, and zero days traded.
How to Reset
To reset your account:
- Close All Positions: Before initiating a reset, ensure that all open positions are closed.
- Purchase a Reset:
- Log In: Access your members’ area here.
- Go to Active Evals or Account History, then click Reset next to the account you wish to reset.
- Warning: Make sure you reset the correct account, as this action is irreversible.
- Processing Time: The system typically processes resets within 10 minutes, but processing times may vary.
Section: How to Reset
Important Notes on Resetting
Understanding how resets work is essential for managing your Apex Trader Funding accounts effectively. Below are the key guidelines and considerations to keep in mind when resetting an account:
Renewal Date Unchanged
- Resets do not extend your renewal or expiration date.
- Your renewal date remains exactly 30 days from the last billing date, regardless of resets.
Resetting a Canceled Evaluation Account
- If your Evaluation Account was canceled but is still within the subscription period, it can be reset manually to restore its balance and parameters.
- Resets do not reactivate canceled subscriptions or change renewal dates.
- Important: If an Evaluation Account is canceled, it must be converted to a Performance Account (PA) within the 30-day rebill period. Once the rebill date passes, the account can no longer be converted to a PA.
Refund Policy
- No Refunds: Reset fees are non-refundable, even if the reset was made by mistake.
Resetting Passed Accounts
After
Resetting Your Legacy Evaluation Account
When to Reset
If your legacy evaluation account becomes inactive because you’ve broken a rule or you are trading close to the drawdown limit, you can choose to reset it. Resetting allows you to start fresh with a full balance, full trailing drawdown, and zero days traded.
How to Reset
To reset your account:
- Close All Positions: Before initiating a reset, ensure that all open positions are closed.
- Purchase a Reset:
- Log In: Access your members’ area here.
- Go to Active Evals or Account History, then click Reset next to the account you wish to reset.
- Warning: Make sure you reset the correct account, as this action is irreversible.
- Processing Time: The system typically processes resets within 10 minutes, but processing times may vary.
Section: How to Reset
+ - Resetting Active Accounts
+ - Available in the “Active Evaluation Accounts” and “Account History” tabs.
+ - Resetting Liquidated Accounts
+ - Available in the “Account History” tab.
Important Notes on Resetting
Understanding how resets work is essential for managing your Apex Trader Funding accounts effectively. Below are the key guidelines and considerations to keep in mind when resetting an account:
Renewal Date Unchanged
- Resets do not extend your renewal or expiration date.
- Your renewal date remains exactly 30 days from the last billing date, regardless of resets.
Resetting a Canceled Evaluation Account
- If your Evaluation Account was canceled but is still within the subscription period, it can be reset manually to restore its balance and parameters.
- Resets do not reactivate canceled subscriptions or change renewal dates.
- Important: If an Evaluation Account is canceled, it must be converted to a Performance Account (PA) within the 30-day rebill period. Once the rebill date passes, the account can no longer be converted to a PA.
Refund Policy
- No Refunds: Reset fees are non-refundable, even if the reset was made by mistake.
Resetting Passed Accounts
Resetting Your Legacy Evaluation Account
When to Reset
If your legacy evaluation account becomes inactive because you’ve broken a rule or you are trading close to the drawdown limit, you can choose to reset it. Resetting allows you to start fresh with a full balance, full trailing drawdown, and zero days traded.
How to Reset
To reset your account:
- Close All Positions: Before initiating a reset, ensure that all open positions are closed.
- Purchase a Reset:
- Log In: Access your members’ area here.
- Go to Active Evals or Account History, then click Reset next to the account you wish to reset.
- Warning: Make sure you reset the correct account, as this action is irreversible.
- Processing Time: The system typically processes resets within 10 minutes, but processing times may vary.
Section: How to Reset
+ - Resetting Active Accounts
+ - Available in the “Active Evaluation Accounts” and “Account History” tabs.
+ - Resetting Liquidated Accounts
+ - Available in the “Account History” tab.
Important Notes on Resetting
Understanding how resets work is essential for managing your Apex Trader Funding accounts effectively. Below are the key guidelines and considerations to keep in mind when resetting an account:
Renewal Date Unchanged
- Resets do not extend your renewal or expiration date.
- Your renewal date remains exactly 30 days from the last billing date, regardless of resets.
Resetting a Canceled Evaluation Account
- If your Evaluation Account was canceled but is still within the subscription period, it can be reset manually to restore its balance and parameters.
- Resets do not reactivate canceled subscriptions or change renewal dates.
- Important: If an Evaluation Account is canceled, it must be converted to a Performance Account (PA) within the 30-day rebill period. Once the rebill date passes, the account can no longer be converted to a PA.
Refund Policy
- No Refunds: Reset fees are non-refundable, even if the reset was made by mistake.
Resetting Passed Accounts
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Can I trade on TradeSea? | Goat Funded Futures FAQNew page published.Oct 19
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · KYC & Identity Verification Policy | Goat Funded Futures FAQRemoved reference to article about 24 hour payout cycle on Daily Payouts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Payouts / KYC & Identity Verification Policy
KYC & Identity Verification Policy
Updated 7 August 2026
To maintain a secure and trusted trading environment, all users must complete KYC (Know Your Customer) verification through our platform using a valid government-issued document supported by our verification provider.
The KYC process must be completed only by the person who owns and operates the account. The individual appearing in the verification video/selfie must match the identity shown on the submitted documents. Verification cannot be completed by any third party.
A complete name change to a different individual is not allowed. Using documents that belong to another person or involving multiple individuals in the verification process is strictly prohibited. Verification may be reviewed again whenever an account requires updates, upgrades, or additional checks.
Note: These requirements are in line with general KYC and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) legal and compliance standards. If any of these rules are violated, we may decline the verification or ban the account, and access to our services will be restricted.
Where this fits
Payouts › KYC
− Related articles
− - How the 24 hour payout cycle works on Daily Payouts
Back to top
After
Help Center / Payouts / KYC & Identity Verification Policy
KYC & Identity Verification Policy
Updated 7 August 2026
To maintain a secure and trusted trading environment, all users must complete KYC (Know Your Customer) verification through our platform using a valid government-issued document supported by our verification provider.
The KYC process must be completed only by the person who owns and operates the account. The individual appearing in the verification video/selfie must match the identity shown on the submitted documents. Verification cannot be completed by any third party.
A complete name change to a different individual is not allowed. Using documents that belong to another person or involving multiple individuals in the verification process is strictly prohibited. Verification may be reviewed again whenever an account requires updates, upgrades, or additional checks.
Note: These requirements are in line with general KYC and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) legal and compliance standards. If any of these rules are violated, we may decline the verification or ban the account, and access to our services will be restricted.
Where this fits
Payouts › KYC
Back to top
Help Center / Payouts / KYC & Identity Verification Policy
KYC & Identity Verification Policy
Updated 7 August 2026
To maintain a secure and trusted trading environment, all users must complete KYC (Know Your Customer) verification through our platform using a valid government-issued document supported by our verification provider.
The KYC process must be completed only by the person who owns and operates the account. The individual appearing in the verification video/selfie must match the identity shown on the submitted documents. Verification cannot be completed by any third party.
A complete name change to a different individual is not allowed. Using documents that belong to another person or involving multiple individuals in the verification process is strictly prohibited. Verification may be reviewed again whenever an account requires updates, upgrades, or additional checks.
Note: These requirements are in line with general KYC and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) legal and compliance standards. If any of these rules are violated, we may decline the verification or ban the account, and access to our services will be restricted.
Where this fits
Payouts › KYC
− Related articles
− - How the 24 hour payout cycle works on Daily Payouts
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size? | Goat Funded Futures FAQPlatforms list expanded to include Quantower and TradeSea; funded phase news restriction removed from EOD Challenge.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Plans at a glance / What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
− Updated 9 October 2026
EOD Challenge
A one-phase evaluation with End of Day Trailing drawdown. Positions must be closed before market close.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
- Profit Target: 6%
- Drawdown Type: End of Day Trailing (locks at starting balance)
- Daily Drawdown (Challenge Phase): None
- Daily Drawdown (Funded Phase): 2.5% (Soft Breach)
- Consistency Rule (Challenge): 50%
- Consistency Rule (Funded): 30%
- Profit Split: 80/20 by default, with an optional 90/10 add-on
- Activation Fee: None
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days. The minimum profit for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Daily Payouts: no winning days. Your first request is available 24 hours after your first funded trade, then one request every 24 hours.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Evaluation phase: allowed on EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan and Flex. A 2 minute buffer applies on Daily Payouts.
- Funded phase: restricted on all plans. 2 minute buffer before and after high impact news events.
Platforms
Section: Platforms
− NinjaTrader, Tradovate, TradingView (via Tradovate), TickBlaze, DeepCharts, ATAS.
Where this fits
Plans at a glance › Specifications
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
- EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Instant Classic: specifications, rules and payouts
Back to top
After
Help Center / Plans at a glance / What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
EOD Challenge
A one-phase evaluation with End of Day Trailing drawdown. Positions must be closed before market close.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
- Profit Target: 6%
- Drawdown Type: End of Day Trailing (locks at starting balance)
- Daily Drawdown (Challenge Phase): None
- Daily Drawdown (Funded Phase): 2.5% (Soft Breach)
- Consistency Rule (Challenge): 50%
- Consistency Rule (Funded): 30%
- Profit Split: 80/20 by default, with an optional 90/10 add-on
- Activation Fee: None
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days. The minimum profit for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Daily Payouts: no winning days. Your first request is available 24 hours after your first funded trade, then one request every 24 hours.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Evaluation phase: allowed on EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan and Flex. A 2 minute buffer applies on Daily Payouts.
- Funded phase: restricted on all plans. 2 minute buffer before and after high impact news events.
Platforms
Section: Platforms
+ NinjaTrader, Tradovate, TradingView (via Tradovate), TickBlaze, DeepCharts, ATAS, Quantower, TradeSea.
Where this fits
Plans at a glance › Specifications
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
- EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Instant Classic: specifications, rules and payouts
Back to top
Help Center / Plans at a glance / What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
− Updated 9 October 2026
+ Updated 19 October 2026
EOD Challenge
A one-phase evaluation with End of Day Trailing drawdown. Positions must be closed before market close.
Rules (All Sizes)
- Challenge Type: One Evaluation Phase
- Profit Target: 6%
- Drawdown Type: End of Day Trailing (locks at starting balance)
- Daily Drawdown (Challenge Phase): None
- Daily Drawdown (Funded Phase): 2.5% (Soft Breach)
- Consistency Rule (Challenge): 50%
- Consistency Rule (Funded): 30%
- Profit Split: 80/20 by default, with an optional 90/10 add-on
- Activation Fee: None
General Information (All Plans)
Payout Eligibility
- EOD: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: 5 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Instant: 7 days of minimum 0.2% of the starting balance
- Flex: 5 winning days. The minimum profit for a winning day depends on the account size: $250 (0.5%) on 50K, $400 (0.4%) on 100K, and $450 (0.3%) on 150K.
- Daily Payouts: no winning days. Your first request is available 24 hours after your first funded trade, then one request every 24 hours.
- Minimum payout amount: $500
News Trading
- Evaluation phase: allowed on EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan and Flex. A 2 minute buffer applies on Daily Payouts.
- Funded phase: restricted on all plans. 2 minute buffer before and after high impact news events.
Platforms
Section: Platforms
− NinjaTrader, Tradovate, TradingView (via Tradovate), TickBlaze, DeepCharts, ATAS.
+ NinjaTrader, Tradovate, TradingView (via Tradovate), TickBlaze, DeepCharts, ATAS, Quantower, TradeSea.
Where this fits
Plans at a glance › Specifications
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
- EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Instant Classic: specifications, rules and payouts
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · How can I navigate DeepCharts better? | Goat Funded Futures FAQRelated articles list updated: "How do I create an account?" and "Can I use a VPS?" removed; two new articles added.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts / How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
Updated 30 March 2026
You can find all relevant information on DeepCharts trading platform at https://www.deepcharts.com/helpcenter.
Where this fits
ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts › Quantower and DeepCharts
Related articles
Section: How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
− - How do I create an account?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
− - Can I use a VPS?
- I want to buy 5 accounts, how do I trade them simultaneously?
Back to top
After
Help Center / ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts / How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
Updated 30 March 2026
You can find all relevant information on DeepCharts trading platform at https://www.deepcharts.com/helpcenter.
Where this fits
ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts › Quantower and DeepCharts
Related articles
Section: How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
+ - What trading platforms are supported?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
- I want to buy 5 accounts, how do I trade them simultaneously?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
Help Center / ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts / How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
Updated 30 March 2026
You can find all relevant information on DeepCharts trading platform at https://www.deepcharts.com/helpcenter.
Where this fits
ATAS, Quantower and DeepCharts › Quantower and DeepCharts
Related articles
Section: How can I navigate DeepCharts better?
− - How do I create an account?
+ - What trading platforms are supported?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
− - Can I use a VPS?
- I want to buy 5 accounts, how do I trade them simultaneously?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)? | Goat Funded Futures FAQRemoved link to "Can I trade during news events?" and "Signals, copy trading and automated strategies"; added link to "Why does my funded Daily Payouts account use intraday trailing drawdown?Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Trading rules / Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Updated 8 September 2026
It depends on your plan.
Where they are allowed
On EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex and Instant Classic, personal automated strategies and EAs are allowed, as long as they are consistent with your trading style and do not exploit system vulnerabilities, latency, or data feed anomalies. Strategies designed to manipulate the simulated environment rather than reflect genuine market trading are prohibited.
Where they are not
Daily Payouts and Instant Lite are manual trading products. Bots, Expert Advisors and automated strategies are not permitted on either, and neither are grid, martingale or high frequency strategies.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Bots and copy trading
Related articles
- What happens if I breach the drawdown or daily loss limit?
− - Can I trade during news events?
- Can I hold positions overnight?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Signals, copy trading and automated strategies
Section: Where they are not
Back to top
After
Help Center / Trading rules / Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Updated 8 September 2026
It depends on your plan.
Where they are allowed
On EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex and Instant Classic, personal automated strategies and EAs are allowed, as long as they are consistent with your trading style and do not exploit system vulnerabilities, latency, or data feed anomalies. Strategies designed to manipulate the simulated environment rather than reflect genuine market trading are prohibited.
Where they are not
Daily Payouts and Instant Lite are manual trading products. Bots, Expert Advisors and automated strategies are not permitted on either, and neither are grid, martingale or high frequency strategies.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Bots and copy trading
Related articles
- What happens if I breach the drawdown or daily loss limit?
- Can I hold positions overnight?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Signals, copy trading and automated strategies
Section: Where they are not
+ - Why does my funded Daily Payouts account use intraday trailing drawdown?
Back to top
Help Center / Trading rules / Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Can I use trading bots or automated strategies (EAs)?
Updated 8 September 2026
It depends on your plan.
Where they are allowed
On EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex and Instant Classic, personal automated strategies and EAs are allowed, as long as they are consistent with your trading style and do not exploit system vulnerabilities, latency, or data feed anomalies. Strategies designed to manipulate the simulated environment rather than reflect genuine market trading are prohibited.
Where they are not
Daily Payouts and Instant Lite are manual trading products. Bots, Expert Advisors and automated strategies are not permitted on either, and neither are grid, martingale or high frequency strategies.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Bots and copy trading
Related articles
- What happens if I breach the drawdown or daily loss limit?
− - Can I trade during news events?
- Can I hold positions overnight?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Signals, copy trading and automated strategies
Section: Where they are not
+ - Why does my funded Daily Payouts account use intraday trailing drawdown?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · IUpdated date changed to 19 October 2026; Volumetrica removed from platform options; two help links removed and one added.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Platforms and market data / I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
Section: I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
− Updated 28 July 2026
− IIf Tradovate is not available in your country, you may use one of our alternative supported platforms.
Available options include:
- TickBlaze (TickBlaze Market Data)
- DxFeed-compatible platforms:
- Quantower
- ATAS
− - Volumetrica
- DeepCharts
When purchasing your account, make sure you select the platform and corresponding market data provider you intend to use.
If you're unsure which platform is best for your location, please contact Support before purchasing.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
Back to top
After
Help Center / Platforms and market data / I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
Section: I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
+ If Tradovate is not available in your country, you may use one of our alternative supported platforms.
Available options include:
- TickBlaze (TickBlaze Market Data)
- DxFeed-compatible platforms:
- Quantower
- ATAS
- DeepCharts
When purchasing your account, make sure you select the platform and corresponding market data provider you intend to use.
If you're unsure which platform is best for your location, please contact Support before purchasing.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
Help Center / Platforms and market data / I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
Section: I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
− Updated 28 July 2026
− IIf Tradovate is not available in your country, you may use one of our alternative supported platforms.
+ Updated 19 October 2026
+ If Tradovate is not available in your country, you may use one of our alternative supported platforms.
Available options include:
- TickBlaze (TickBlaze Market Data)
- DxFeed-compatible platforms:
- Quantower
- ATAS
− - Volumetrica
- DeepCharts
When purchasing your account, make sure you select the platform and corresponding market data provider you intend to use.
If you're unsure which platform is best for your location, please contact Support before purchasing.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Can I switch my platform after purchase? | Goat Funded Futures FAQUpdated date to 19 October 2026; removed three platforms, added one, and updated FAQ links.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Platforms and market data / Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Section: Can I switch my platform after purchase?
− Updated 28 July 2026
Platform switches are only possible within the same market data provider.
CQG
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
DxFeed
− - Volumetrica
- Quantower
- DeepCharts
- ATAS
− - DeepMap
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
Please note that platform changes are only made if the issue is on our end (for example, a technical issue), not for incorrect selections made during checkout.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
Back to top
After
Help Center / Platforms and market data / Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Section: Can I switch my platform after purchase?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
Platform switches are only possible within the same market data provider.
CQG
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
+ - TradingView (via Tradovate)
DxFeed
- Quantower
- DeepCharts
- ATAS
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
Please note that platform changes are only made if the issue is on our end (for example, a technical issue), not for incorrect selections made during checkout.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
Help Center / Platforms and market data / Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Can I switch my platform after purchase?
Section: Can I switch my platform after purchase?
− Updated 28 July 2026
+ Updated 19 October 2026
Platform switches are only possible within the same market data provider.
CQG
- Tradovate
- NinjaTrader
+ - TradingView (via Tradovate)
DxFeed
− - Volumetrica
- Quantower
- DeepCharts
- ATAS
− - DeepMap
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
Please note that platform changes are only made if the issue is on our end (for example, a technical issue), not for incorrect selections made during checkout.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- What trading platforms are supported?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · IRemoved one article link about restricted countries; added one about live account specifications.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
− - I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Back to top
After
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
+ - Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
Back to top
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
− - I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
+ - Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · How do I connect to my trading platform? | Goat Funded Futures FAQUpdated timestamp, added TradeSea reference, and changed 4 related article links.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Platforms and market data / How do I connect to my trading platform?
How do I connect to my trading platform?
Section: How do I connect to my trading platform?
− Updated 28 July 2026
After purchasing your account, you will receive login credentials via email. Use these credentials to connect to your chosen platform. Detailed step-by-step connection guides for each platform are available in our help center at help.goatfundedfutures.com.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- How do I create an account?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
- How to install ATAS on Windows?
− - How to connect GOAT Funded Futures account?
− - Do I need to purchase an ATAS license?
Back to top
After
Help Center / Platforms and market data / How do I connect to my trading platform?
How do I connect to my trading platform?
Section: How do I connect to my trading platform?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
After purchasing your account, you will receive login credentials via email. Use these credentials to connect to your chosen platform. Detailed step-by-step connection guides for each platform are available in our help center at help.goatfundedfutures.com.
+ If you chose TradeSea, see Can I trade on TradeSea?
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- How do I create an account?
+ - What trading platforms are supported?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
- How to install ATAS on Windows?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
Help Center / Platforms and market data / How do I connect to my trading platform?
How do I connect to my trading platform?
Section: How do I connect to my trading platform?
− Updated 28 July 2026
+ Updated 19 October 2026
After purchasing your account, you will receive login credentials via email. Use these credentials to connect to your chosen platform. Detailed step-by-step connection guides for each platform are available in our help center at help.goatfundedfutures.com.
+ If you chose TradeSea, see Can I trade on TradeSea?
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- How do I create an account?
+ - What trading platforms are supported?
- How do I know if my account is active and ready to trade?
- How to install ATAS on Windows?
− - How to connect GOAT Funded Futures account?
− - Do I need to purchase an ATAS license?
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · What trading platforms are supported? | Goat Funded Futures FAQRemoved three platforms (NinjaTrader, Quantower, Volumetrica, DeepMap), added TradeSea, and updated related articles list.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Platforms and market data / What trading platforms are supported?
What trading platforms are supported?
Section: What trading platforms are supported?
− Updated 7 September 2026
CQG data feed
- NinjaTrader
- Tradovate
- TradingView (via Tradovate)
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
DxFeed data feed
- Quantower
- ATAS
− - Volumetrica
- DeepCharts
− - DeepMap
You select your preferred platform and market data provider during checkout.
Important:
Switching between market data providers (CQG, DxFeed, or TickBlaze Market Data) after purchase is not possible due to exchange and licensing costs. Please ensure you select the correct platform and market data provider during checkout.
NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
NinjaTrader and Tradovate are not available to residents of the countries listed below. These restrictions are in addition to our globally restricted countries (see the full list here), which apply to every platform.
If you select NinjaTrader or Tradovate at checkout and reside in one of these countries, please choose another platform such as TickBlaze, Quantower, or DeepCharts.
Angola, Barbados, Belize, Benin, Botswana, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Christmas Island, Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Comoros, Cook Islands, Croatia, Dominica, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Falkland Islands (Malvinas), Fiji, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guyana, Haiti, Heard and McDonald Islands, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kosovo, Liberia, Malta, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Montserrat, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, North Macedonia, Northern Mariana Islands, Papua New Guinea, Qatar, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Sao Tome and Principe, Serbia, Seychelles, South Africa, South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, Suriname, Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands, Tanzania, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ukraine, Western Sahara, Zambia.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
Section: NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
Back to top
After
Help Center / Platforms and market data / What trading platforms are supported?
What trading platforms are supported?
Section: What trading platforms are supported?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
CQG data feed
- NinjaTrader
- Tradovate
- TradingView (via Tradovate)
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
DxFeed data feed
- Quantower
- ATAS
- DeepCharts
+ TradeSea
+ • TradeSea (see Can I trade on TradeSea?)
You select your preferred platform and market data provider during checkout.
Important:
Switching between market data providers (CQG, DxFeed, or TickBlaze Market Data) after purchase is not possible due to exchange and licensing costs. Please ensure you select the correct platform and market data provider during checkout.
NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
NinjaTrader and Tradovate are not available to residents of the countries listed below. These restrictions are in addition to our globally restricted countries (see the full list here), which apply to every platform.
If you select NinjaTrader or Tradovate at checkout and reside in one of these countries, please choose another platform such as TickBlaze, Quantower, or DeepCharts.
Angola, Barbados, Belize, Benin, Botswana, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Christmas Island, Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Comoros, Cook Islands, Croatia, Dominica, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Falkland Islands (Malvinas), Fiji, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guyana, Haiti, Heard and McDonald Islands, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kosovo, Liberia, Malta, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Montserrat, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, North Macedonia, Northern Mariana Islands, Papua New Guinea, Qatar, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Sao Tome and Principe, Serbia, Seychelles, South Africa, South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, Suriname, Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands, Tanzania, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ukraine, Western Sahara, Zambia.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
Section: NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
Help Center / Platforms and market data / What trading platforms are supported?
What trading platforms are supported?
Section: What trading platforms are supported?
− Updated 7 September 2026
+ Updated 19 October 2026
CQG data feed
- NinjaTrader
- Tradovate
- TradingView (via Tradovate)
TickBlaze Market Data
• TickBlaze
DxFeed data feed
- Quantower
- ATAS
− - Volumetrica
- DeepCharts
− - DeepMap
+ TradeSea
+ • TradeSea (see Can I trade on TradeSea?)
You select your preferred platform and market data provider during checkout.
Important:
Switching between market data providers (CQG, DxFeed, or TickBlaze Market Data) after purchase is not possible due to exchange and licensing costs. Please ensure you select the correct platform and market data provider during checkout.
NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
NinjaTrader and Tradovate are not available to residents of the countries listed below. These restrictions are in addition to our globally restricted countries (see the full list here), which apply to every platform.
If you select NinjaTrader or Tradovate at checkout and reside in one of these countries, please choose another platform such as TickBlaze, Quantower, or DeepCharts.
Angola, Barbados, Belize, Benin, Botswana, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Christmas Island, Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Comoros, Cook Islands, Croatia, Dominica, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Falkland Islands (Malvinas), Fiji, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guyana, Haiti, Heard and McDonald Islands, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kosovo, Liberia, Malta, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Montserrat, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, North Macedonia, Northern Mariana Islands, Papua New Guinea, Qatar, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Sao Tome and Principe, Serbia, Seychelles, South Africa, South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, Suriname, Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands, Tanzania, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Ukraine, Western Sahara, Zambia.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Platforms
Related articles
- What products / instruments can I trade?
− - What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
Section: NinjaTrader and Tradovate country restrictions
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Can I trade during news events? | Goat Funded Futures FAQRemoved section on 1-Day-Pass-Plan and holding time rules; added Daily Payouts section.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
− - 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
Back to top
After
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
+ - Daily Payouts: specifications, rules and payouts
Back to top
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
− - 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
+ - Daily Payouts: specifications, rules and payouts
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Platforms & Account Management | Goat Funded Futures FAQAdded section explaining TradeSea availability across all plans and checkout instructions.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Platforms & Account Management
Platforms & Account Management
Learn more
Section: Platforms & Account Management
- What trading platforms are supported?
- How do I connect to my trading platform?
- I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
- What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- Is there a commission on trades?
- Should I self-certify as Professional or Non-Professional?
- What happens if I self-certified as a professional by mistake when accepting the Exchange T&C?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
- How many accounts can I have?
After
Help Center / Platforms & Account Management
Platforms & Account Management
Learn more
Section: Platforms & Account Management
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?TradeSea is available on every plan. How to choose it at checkout and what happens after payment.
- What trading platforms are supported?
- How do I connect to my trading platform?
- I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
- What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- Is there a commission on trades?
- Should I self-certify as Professional or Non-Professional?
- What happens if I self-certified as a professional by mistake when accepting the Exchange T&C?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
- How many accounts can I have?
Help Center / Platforms & Account Management
Platforms & Account Management
Learn more
Section: Platforms & Account Management
+ - Can I trade on TradeSea?TradeSea is available on every plan. How to choose it at checkout and what happens after payment.
- What trading platforms are supported?
- How do I connect to my trading platform?
- I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
- What is MDS (Market Data Subscription) and do I need to set it up?
- Can I switch my platform after purchase?
- I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- Is there a commission on trades?
- Should I self-certify as Professional or Non-Professional?
- What happens if I self-certified as a professional by mistake when accepting the Exchange T&C?
- What Market Data is included in my Challenge?
- How many accounts can I have?
TUnlistedTraders Launch · Payout Rules | Traders LaunchArticle restructured with improved navigation, added processing details, and clarified fee structure; no substantive policy changes to payout eligibility or amounts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Section: Fees
− What Traders Should Know
- Same-day payout processing when eligible
- Futures funded accounts are eligible once above +1%
- Traders pause at $100,000 cumulative payouts and become eligible for scaling opportunities
- No time restriction on withdrawals
- No consistency rules once funded
- No activation fees
- No additional fees once funded
- Payouts and funded account restrictions are subject to program rules and Terms
− Why This Matters
− Payout rules are one of the clearest ways to compare prop firms. Traders Launch keeps payout eligibility, the $100,000 scaling review threshold, and processing terms visible, with requests subject to program rules and Terms.
− Program Context
− Futures and crypto accounts both use one-time evaluation fees. Once funded, the program is designed around clean payout access rather than recurring funded-stage charges.
− Related Pages
− - Futures rules: /futures/rules
− - Crypto rules: /crypto/rules
− - Proof and payout examples: /results
After
Section: Fees
+ Payout Rules
+ Same-Day Payout Processing
+ Traders Launch processes eligible payouts the same day. Futures funded accounts are eligible once the account is above +1% profit. Traders pause at $100,000 cumulative payouts and become eligible for scaling opportunities.
+ Last reviewed July 16, 2026
+ Processing
+ Same-day when eligible
+ Futures Eligibility
+ SimFunded account above +1%
+ Payout Policy
+ $100,000 scaling review threshold
+ Payout Timing
+ No time restriction
+ Fees
+ No activation fees · no additional fees once funded
+ Terms
+ Rules and restrictions apply
+ On This Page
+ - 01Key Points
+ - 02Why Payout Rules Matter
+ - 03Fees
+ - 04Related Pages
+ See Trader Results
+ 01Key Points
- Same-day payout processing when eligible
- Futures funded accounts are eligible once above +1%
- Traders pause at $100,000 cumulative payouts and become eligible for scaling opportunities
- No time restriction on withdrawals
- No consistency rules once funded
- No activation fees
- No additional fees once funded
- Payouts and funded account restrictions are subject to program rules and Terms
+ 02Why Payout Rules Matter
+ Payout rules are one of the clearest ways to compare prop firms. Traders Launch keeps payout eligibility, the $100,000 scaling review threshold and processing terms visible, with requests subject to program rules and Terms.
+ 03Fees
+ Futures and crypto evaluations both have a one-time fee. Once you are funded, there are no recurring charges.
+ See Payouts Traders Have Received
+ Proof and payout examples from Traders Launch traders.
+ See Trader Results
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts.
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ Evaluations
+ - Futures
+ - Crypto
+ - Pricing
+ Rules
+ - Futures Rules
+ - Crypto Rules
+ - Payout Rules
+ - FAQ
+ Company
+ - Results
+ - Affiliates
+ - Facts
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See terms.
+ Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
+ © 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
+ - Privacy Policy
+ - Terms of Service
+ -
Section: Fees
− What Traders Should Know
+ Payout Rules
+ Same-Day Payout Processing
+ Traders Launch processes eligible payouts the same day. Futures funded accounts are eligible once the account is above +1% profit. Traders pause at $100,000 cumulative payouts and become eligible for scaling opportunities.
+ Last reviewed July 16, 2026
+ Processing
+ Same-day when eligible
+ Futures Eligibility
+ SimFunded account above +1%
+ Payout Policy
+ $100,000 scaling review threshold
+ Payout Timing
+ No time restriction
+ Fees
+ No activation fees · no additional fees once funded
+ Terms
+ Rules and restrictions apply
+ On This Page
+ - 01Key Points
+ - 02Why Payout Rules Matter
+ - 03Fees
+ - 04Related Pages
+ See Trader Results
+ 01Key Points
- Same-day payout processing when eligible
- Futures funded accounts are eligible once above +1%
- Traders pause at $100,000 cumulative payouts and become eligible for scaling opportunities
- No time restriction on withdrawals
- No consistency rules once funded
- No activation fees
- No additional fees once funded
- Payouts and funded account restrictions are subject to program rules and Terms
− Why This Matters
− Payout rules are one of the clearest ways to compare prop firms. Traders Launch keeps payout eligibility, the $100,000 scaling review threshold, and processing terms visible, with requests subject to program rules and Terms.
− Program Context
− Futures and crypto accounts both use one-time evaluation fees. Once funded, the program is designed around clean payout access rather than recurring funded-stage charges.
− Related Pages
− - Futures rules: /futures/rules
− - Crypto rules: /crypto/rules
− - Proof and payout examples: /results
+ 02Why Payout Rules Matter
+ Payout rules are one of the clearest ways to compare prop firms. Traders Launch keeps payout eligibility, the $100,000 scaling review threshold and processing terms visible, with requests subject to program rules and Terms.
+ 03Fees
+ Futures and crypto evaluations both have a one-time fee. Once you are funded, there are no recurring charges.
+ See Payouts Traders Have Received
+ Proof and payout examples from Traders Launch traders.
+ See Trader Results
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts.
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ Evaluations
+ - Futures
+ - Crypto
+ - Pricing
+ Rules
+ - Futures Rules
+ - Crypto Rules
+ - Payout Rules
+ - FAQ
+ Company
+ - Results
+ - Affiliates
+ - Facts
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See terms.
+ Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
+ © 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
+ - Privacy Policy
+ - Terms of Service
+ -
TUnlistedTraders Launch · FAQ - Traders LaunchHeader changed from "Support" to "FAQ", descriptive text simplified, new detailed FAQ content added covering evaluation rules, profit targets, drawdown, commissions, trading restrictions, and payout procedures.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Support
− Questions before you start?
− Clear answers to the most common questions about the evaluation, payouts, platforms, and account rules.
− Most asked
Categories
Section: Getting Started5
− Need more help?
− Ask in Discord - traders and staff are there daily.
− Join Discord
− Getting Started( 5 )
− The Evaluation( 14 )
− Getting Funded( 1 )
− Payouts( 3 )
− Platforms & Trading( 5 )
− Account Management( 1 )
− Still have questions?
− Our Discord community is active daily - traders and staff answer questions in real time.
− Join DiscordView the Program →
− Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts. Traders Launch LLC, Philadelphia.
− Quick Links
− - Futures Trading
− - Crypto Trading
- Results
- Affiliates
Section: Still Have Questions?
− - FAQ
− - Payout Rules
− Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See Terms.
Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
© 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
− Privacy PolicyTerms of Service
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move toward a Simfunded account (on Premium plans, after clearing a short buffer stage and completing contract signing and KYC), where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Section: Getting Started5
− Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
− You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
− None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Crimea, Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Congo (Brazzaville), Democratic Republic of Congo, Cuba, Guinea, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Libya, Mali, Myanmar (Burma), Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Yemen.
What are the profit targets?
Section: The Evaluation14
− For our standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
− The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
− Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account. On our no-buffer static accounts the rule is 50% during the evaluation.
Are there inactivity rules?
− Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
− Standard 60% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
− $0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
− Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
− Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
− Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
− Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
− Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Section: Is the $100K account a one-step evaluation with no Phase 2?
− Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your buffer account, complete contract signing and KYC, and move into a payout-eligible Simfunded account. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
Section: What is the buffer stage, and how much do I need to build?
− What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
After passing the evaluation you're moved into a buffer account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you've cleared your buffer and completed contract signing and KYC, you move into your payout-eligible Simfunded account.
What are the payout rules?
Section: Payouts3
− Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose when you purchased: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
− Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
− No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Section: Platforms and Trading5
− Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
− Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
− Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
− Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Section: Account Management1
− Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
After
+ FAQ
+ Questions Before You Start?
+ Plain answers about the evaluation, SimFunded accounts, payouts, and platforms.
+ Search Questions
+ Most Asked
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
Categories
Section: Getting Started5
+ Can't Find Your Answer?
+ Traders and staff answer in Discord every day.
+ Ask in Discord
+ Getting Started5
+ -
+ Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move toward a Simfunded account (on Premium plans, after clearing a short buffer stage and completing contract signing and KYC), where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
+ Futures Program
+ -
+ Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and know how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade; we fund you once you prove you can.
+ -
+ The evaluation is a one-time fee from $49 to $599, depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. There is no subscription and no recurring billing. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra charge.
+ See Pricing
+ -
+ No. You pay the evaluation fee once. There is no activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're SimFunded, and no hidden cost at any stage.
+ -
+ Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Crimea, Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Congo (Brazzaville), Democratic Republic of Congo, Cuba, Guinea, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Libya, Mali, Myanmar (Burma), Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Yemen.
+ Terms of Service
+ The Evaluation14
+ -
+ The target depends on account size and type. On standard 60% and 80% accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $4,000 on $200K, and $6,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $3,000 on $200K, and $5,000 on $300K. You need to reach the target while staying above your drawdown floor.
+ See Pricing
+ -
+ Yes. The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra cost. SimFunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
+ -
+ Yes. The evaluation requires at least 3 trading days, so you can't pass in a single day even if you reach the profit target. SimFunded accounts have no minimum number of trading days before you request a payout.
+ -
+ Traders Launch uses an end-of-day (EOD) drawdown, not an intraday trailing one. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session, and it only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. On standard 60% and 80% accounts the drawdown is $1,000 on $100K, $2,000 on $200K, and $3,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $1,000 on $100K, $1,000 on $200K, and $2,000 on $300K. We don't use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
+ -
+ During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account. On our no-buffer static accounts the rule is 50% during the evaluation.
+ -
+ Yes. You must place at least 1 trade per week, both during the evaluation and in your SimFunded account. In the evaluation, missing a week deactivates your account. In your SimFunded account, missing a week pauses it: you remain eligible for profits and payouts, but you need to reactivate the account.
+ -
+ Your starting contract limit depends on account size and type. Standard 60% and 80% accounts start at 2 minis or 20 micros on $100K, 4 minis or 40 micros on $200K, and 6 minis or 60 micros on $300K. Legacy NYC accounts start at 5 micros on $100K, 1 mini or 10 micros on $200K, and 2 minis or 20 micros on $300K. The maximum across all account sizes is 15 minis, or the equivalent in micros.
+ -
+ Commissions are charged per contract, per side: once when you open a position and once when you close it. Micro contracts (such as MES, MNQ and MGC) cost $0.87 per side, or $1.74 per round trip. Most full-size contracts (such as ES, NQ, GC and YM) cost $2.00 per side, or $4.00 per round trip. Crude oil (CL) costs $2.70 per side, or $5.40 per round trip. A few contracts, such as agricultural and Bitcoin futures, cost more; your platform shows the exact charge on every trade.
+ -
+ Yes. Hedging is not permitted. That includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. The rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
+ -
+ Yes. Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. Repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
+ -
+ Scalping is allowed; HFT-style trading is not. For this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, our HFT filter may flag your account and pause it for review.
+ -
+ Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited, and excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed, within the rules described here and in the Terms of Service.
+ Read the Futures Rules
+ -
+ Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases made with someone else's card are blocked to prevent fraud, with no exceptions.
+ -
+ Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your buffer account, complete contract signing and KYC, and move into a payout-eligible Simfunded account. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
+ Getting Funded1
+ -
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a buffer account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you've cleared your buffer and completed contract signing and KYC, you move into your payout-eligible Simfunded account.
+ Payouts3
+ -
+ You can request a payout once your SimFunded account is above +1% profit from its starting balance. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose at purchase: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. There is no consistency rule once you're SimFunded and no restriction on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
+ Read the Payout Rules
+ -
+ Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly, and when the funds arrive depends on your bank's processing time.
+ -
+ No. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance, which happens as you grow past the buffer stage, it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your SimFunded account.
+ Platforms and Trading5
+ -
+ Three: TradingView (in the browser, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). All three work for evaluation and SimFunded accounts. MES and MNQ come preloaded on every account; MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request.
+ -
+ Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
+ -
+ Micro and mini futures. MES (micro S&P 500) and MNQ (micro Nasdaq) are preloaded. MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request. Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
+ -
+ Yes, through their futures equivalents: SPX as ES or MES, NDX as NQ or MNQ, gold as GC or MGC, oil as CL or MCL, and US30 (Dow) as YM or MYM. All are available within your account's contract limits.
+ -
+ Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. Access is included, so you don't need a separate Quantower subscription. Full setup instructions are in your account setup email. If you run into issues, ask in Discord.
+ Account Management1
+ -
+ Up to 5 funded futures accounts at a time. All funded traders move into a SimFunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
+ Still Have Questions?
+ Ask in our Discord. Traders and staff answer questions there every day.
+ Join DiscordSee How the Program Works
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts.
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ Evaluations
+ - Futures
+ - Crypto
+ - Pricing
+ Rules
+ - Futures Rules
+ - Crypto Rules
+ - Payout Rules
+ - FAQ
+ Company
- Results
- Affiliates
Section: Still Have Questions?
+ - Facts
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See terms.
Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
© 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
+ - Privacy Policy
+ - Terms of Service
+ -
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move toward a Simfunded account (on Premium plans, after clearing a short buffer stage and completing contract signing and KYC), where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Section: Getting Started5
+ Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and know how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade; we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
+ The evaluation is a one-time fee from $49 to $599, depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. There is no subscription and no recurring billing. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra charge.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
+ No. You pay the evaluation fee once. There is no activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're SimFunded, and no hidden cost at any stage.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Crimea, Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Congo (Brazzaville), Democratic Republic of Congo, Cuba, Guinea, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Libya, Mali, Myanmar (Burma), Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Yemen.
What are the profit targets?
Section: The Evaluation14
+ The target depends on account size and type. On standard 60% and 80% accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $4,000 on $200K, and $6,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $3,000 on $200K, and $5,000 on $300K. You need to reach the target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
+ Yes. The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra cost. SimFunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
+ Yes. The evaluation requires at least 3 trading days, so you can't pass in a single day even if you reach the profit target. SimFunded accounts have no minimum number of trading days before you request a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
+ Traders Launch uses an end-of-day (EOD) drawdown, not an intraday trailing one. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session, and it only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. On standard 60% and 80% accounts the drawdown is $1,000 on $100K, $2,000 on $200K, and $3,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $1,000 on $100K, $1,000 on $200K, and $2,000 on $300K. We don't use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account. On our no-buffer static accounts the rule is 50% during the evaluation.
Are there inactivity rules?
+ Yes. You must place at least 1 trade per week, both during the evaluation and in your SimFunded account. In the evaluation, missing a week deactivates your account. In your SimFunded account, missing a week pauses it: you remain eligible for profits and payouts, but you need to reactivate the account.
What are the contract limits?
+ Your starting contract limit depends on account size and type. Standard 60% and 80% accounts start at 2 minis or 20 micros on $100K, 4 minis or 40 micros on $200K, and 6 minis or 60 micros on $300K. Legacy NYC accounts start at 5 micros on $100K, 1 mini or 10 micros on $200K, and 2 minis or 20 micros on $300K. The maximum across all account sizes is 15 minis, or the equivalent in micros.
What is the commission per contract?
+ Commissions are charged per contract, per side: once when you open a position and once when you close it. Micro contracts (such as MES, MNQ and MGC) cost $0.87 per side, or $1.74 per round trip. Most full-size contracts (such as ES, NQ, GC and YM) cost $2.00 per side, or $4.00 per round trip. Crude oil (CL) costs $2.70 per side, or $5.40 per round trip. A few contracts, such as agricultural and Bitcoin futures, cost more; your platform shows the exact charge on every trade.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
+ Yes. Hedging is not permitted. That includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. The rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
+ Yes. Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. Repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
+ Scalping is allowed; HFT-style trading is not. For this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, our HFT filter may flag your account and pause it for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
+ Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited, and excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed, within the rules described here and in the Terms of Service.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
+ Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases made with someone else's card are blocked to prevent fraud, with no exceptions.
Section: Is the $100K account a one-step evaluation with no Phase 2?
+ Is the $100K account a one-step evaluation with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your buffer account, complete contract signing and KYC, and move into a payout-eligible Simfunded account. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
Section: What is the buffer stage, and how much do I need to build?
+ What is the buffer stage, and how much do I need to build?
After passing the evaluation you're moved into a buffer account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you've cleared your buffer and completed contract signing and KYC, you move into your payout-eligible Simfunded account.
What are the payout rules?
Section: Payouts3
+ You can request a payout once your SimFunded account is above +1% profit from its starting balance. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose at purchase: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. There is no consistency rule once you're SimFunded and no restriction on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
+ Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly, and when the funds arrive depends on your bank's processing time.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
+ No. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance, which happens as you grow past the buffer stage, it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your SimFunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Section: Platforms and Trading5
+ Three: TradingView (in the browser, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). All three work for evaluation and SimFunded accounts. MES and MNQ come preloaded on every account; MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request.
What are the trading hours?
Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
+ Micro and mini futures. MES (micro S&P 500) and MNQ (micro Nasdaq) are preloaded. MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request. Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
+ Yes, through their futures equivalents: SPX as ES or MES, NDX as NQ or MNQ, gold as GC or MGC, oil as CL or MCL, and US30 (Dow) as YM or MYM. All are available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
+ Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. Access is included, so you don't need a separate Quantower subscription. Full setup instructions are in your account setup email. If you run into issues, ask in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Section: Account Management1
+ Up to 5 funded futures accounts at a time. All funded traders move into a SimFunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
− Support
− Questions before you start?
− Clear answers to the most common questions about the evaluation, payouts, platforms, and account rules.
− Most asked
+ FAQ
+ Questions Before You Start?
+ Plain answers about the evaluation, SimFunded accounts, payouts, and platforms.
+ Search Questions
+ Most Asked
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
Categories
Section: Getting Started5
− Need more help?
− Ask in Discord - traders and staff are there daily.
− Join Discord
− Getting Started( 5 )
− The Evaluation( 14 )
− Getting Funded( 1 )
− Payouts( 3 )
− Platforms & Trading( 5 )
− Account Management( 1 )
− Still have questions?
− Our Discord community is active daily - traders and staff answer questions in real time.
− Join DiscordView the Program →
− Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts. Traders Launch LLC, Philadelphia.
− Quick Links
− - Futures Trading
− - Crypto Trading
+ Can't Find Your Answer?
+ Traders and staff answer in Discord every day.
+ Ask in Discord
+ Getting Started5
+ -
+ Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move toward a Simfunded account (on Premium plans, after clearing a short buffer stage and completing contract signing and KYC), where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
+ Futures Program
+ -
+ Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and know how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade; we fund you once you prove you can.
+ -
+ The evaluation is a one-time fee from $49 to $599, depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. There is no subscription and no recurring billing. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra charge.
+ See Pricing
+ -
+ No. You pay the evaluation fee once. There is no activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're SimFunded, and no hidden cost at any stage.
+ -
+ Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Crimea, Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Congo (Brazzaville), Democratic Republic of Congo, Cuba, Guinea, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Libya, Mali, Myanmar (Burma), Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Yemen.
+ Terms of Service
+ The Evaluation14
+ -
+ The target depends on account size and type. On standard 60% and 80% accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $4,000 on $200K, and $6,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $3,000 on $200K, and $5,000 on $300K. You need to reach the target while staying above your drawdown floor.
+ See Pricing
+ -
+ Yes. The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra cost. SimFunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
+ -
+ Yes. The evaluation requires at least 3 trading days, so you can't pass in a single day even if you reach the profit target. SimFunded accounts have no minimum number of trading days before you request a payout.
+ -
+ Traders Launch uses an end-of-day (EOD) drawdown, not an intraday trailing one. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session, and it only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. On standard 60% and 80% accounts the drawdown is $1,000 on $100K, $2,000 on $200K, and $3,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $1,000 on $100K, $1,000 on $200K, and $2,000 on $300K. We don't use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
+ -
+ During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account. On our no-buffer static accounts the rule is 50% during the evaluation.
+ -
+ Yes. You must place at least 1 trade per week, both during the evaluation and in your SimFunded account. In the evaluation, missing a week deactivates your account. In your SimFunded account, missing a week pauses it: you remain eligible for profits and payouts, but you need to reactivate the account.
+ -
+ Your starting contract limit depends on account size and type. Standard 60% and 80% accounts start at 2 minis or 20 micros on $100K, 4 minis or 40 micros on $200K, and 6 minis or 60 micros on $300K. Legacy NYC accounts start at 5 micros on $100K, 1 mini or 10 micros on $200K, and 2 minis or 20 micros on $300K. The maximum across all account sizes is 15 minis, or the equivalent in micros.
+ -
+ Commissions are charged per contract, per side: once when you open a position and once when you close it. Micro contracts (such as MES, MNQ and MGC) cost $0.87 per side, or $1.74 per round trip. Most full-size contracts (such as ES, NQ, GC and YM) cost $2.00 per side, or $4.00 per round trip. Crude oil (CL) costs $2.70 per side, or $5.40 per round trip. A few contracts, such as agricultural and Bitcoin futures, cost more; your platform shows the exact charge on every trade.
+ -
+ Yes. Hedging is not permitted. That includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. The rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
+ -
+ Yes. Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. Repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
+ -
+ Scalping is allowed; HFT-style trading is not. For this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, our HFT filter may flag your account and pause it for review.
+ -
+ Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited, and excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed, within the rules described here and in the Terms of Service.
+ Read the Futures Rules
+ -
+ Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases made with someone else's card are blocked to prevent fraud, with no exceptions.
+ -
+ Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your buffer account, complete contract signing and KYC, and move into a payout-eligible Simfunded account. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
+ Getting Funded1
+ -
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a buffer account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you've cleared your buffer and completed contract signing and KYC, you move into your payout-eligible Simfunded account.
+ Payouts3
+ -
+ You can request a payout once your SimFunded account is above +1% profit from its starting balance. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose at purchase: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. There is no consistency rule once you're SimFunded and no restriction on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
+ Read the Payout Rules
+ -
+ Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly, and when the funds arrive depends on your bank's processing time.
+ -
+ No. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance, which happens as you grow past the buffer stage, it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your SimFunded account.
+ Platforms and Trading5
+ -
+ Three: TradingView (in the browser, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). All three work for evaluation and SimFunded accounts. MES and MNQ come preloaded on every account; MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request.
+ -
+ Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
+ -
+ Micro and mini futures. MES (micro S&P 500) and MNQ (micro Nasdaq) are preloaded. MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request. Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
+ -
+ Yes, through their futures equivalents: SPX as ES or MES, NDX as NQ or MNQ, gold as GC or MGC, oil as CL or MCL, and US30 (Dow) as YM or MYM. All are available within your account's contract limits.
+ -
+ Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. Access is included, so you don't need a separate Quantower subscription. Full setup instructions are in your account setup email. If you run into issues, ask in Discord.
+ Account Management1
+ -
+ Up to 5 funded futures accounts at a time. All funded traders move into a SimFunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
+ Still Have Questions?
+ Ask in our Discord. Traders and staff answer questions there every day.
+ Join DiscordSee How the Program Works
+ Traders LaunchFutures and crypto evaluations with daily payouts.
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ Evaluations
+ - Futures
+ - Crypto
+ - Pricing
+ Rules
+ - Futures Rules
+ - Crypto Rules
+ - Payout Rules
+ - FAQ
+ Company
- Results
- Affiliates
Section: Still Have Questions?
− - FAQ
− - Payout Rules
− Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See Terms.
+ - Facts
+ Evaluation and funded accounts operate in a simulated trading environment. Payouts are real. Trading futures and crypto involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for every trader. Passing an evaluation does not guarantee funding, and payouts are not guaranteed; all payouts are subject to program rules. See terms.
Traders Launch LLC · 1700 Market Street Suite 1005, Philadelphia, PA 19103
© 2026 Traders Launch LLC . All rights reserved.
− Privacy PolicyTerms of Service
+ - Privacy Policy
+ - Terms of Service
+ -
What is Traders Launch?
Traders Launch is a funded trading program. You pay a one-time evaluation fee to access a simulated account. Hit your profit target within the time limit and you move toward a Simfunded account (on Premium plans, after clearing a short buffer stage and completing contract signing and KYC), where you can trade and request real payouts from your profits. No subscription, no recurring fees - just one upfront cost.
Who is Traders Launch for?
Section: Getting Started5
− Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
+ Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and know how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade; we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
− You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
+ The evaluation is a one-time fee from $49 to $599, depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. There is no subscription and no recurring billing. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra charge.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
− None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
+ No. You pay the evaluation fee once. There is no activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're SimFunded, and no hidden cost at any stage.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Crimea, Afghanistan, Central African Republic, Congo (Brazzaville), Democratic Republic of Congo, Cuba, Guinea, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, North Korea, Libya, Mali, Myanmar (Burma), Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Ukraine, Venezuela, and Yemen.
What are the profit targets?
Section: The Evaluation14
− For our standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
+ The target depends on account size and type. On standard 60% and 80% accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $4,000 on $200K, and $6,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $2,000 on $100K, $3,000 on $200K, and $5,000 on $300K. You need to reach the target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
− The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
+ Yes. The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you get a free 30-day extension automatically, at no extra cost. SimFunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
− Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
+ Yes. The evaluation requires at least 3 trading days, so you can't pass in a single day even if you reach the profit target. SimFunded accounts have no minimum number of trading days before you request a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
+ Traders Launch uses an end-of-day (EOD) drawdown, not an intraday trailing one. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session, and it only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. On standard 60% and 80% accounts the drawdown is $1,000 on $100K, $2,000 on $200K, and $3,000 on $300K. On Legacy NYC accounts it is $1,000 on $100K, $1,000 on $200K, and $2,000 on $300K. We don't use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account. On our no-buffer static accounts the rule is 50% during the evaluation.
Are there inactivity rules?
− Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
+ Yes. You must place at least 1 trade per week, both during the evaluation and in your SimFunded account. In the evaluation, missing a week deactivates your account. In your SimFunded account, missing a week pauses it: you remain eligible for profits and payouts, but you need to reactivate the account.
What are the contract limits?
− Standard 60% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
+ Your starting contract limit depends on account size and type. Standard 60% and 80% accounts start at 2 minis or 20 micros on $100K, 4 minis or 40 micros on $200K, and 6 minis or 60 micros on $300K. Legacy NYC accounts start at 5 micros on $100K, 1 mini or 10 micros on $200K, and 2 minis or 20 micros on $300K. The maximum across all account sizes is 15 minis, or the equivalent in micros.
What is the commission per contract?
− $0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
+ Commissions are charged per contract, per side: once when you open a position and once when you close it. Micro contracts (such as MES, MNQ and MGC) cost $0.87 per side, or $1.74 per round trip. Most full-size contracts (such as ES, NQ, GC and YM) cost $2.00 per side, or $4.00 per round trip. Crude oil (CL) costs $2.70 per side, or $5.40 per round trip. A few contracts, such as agricultural and Bitcoin futures, cost more; your platform shows the exact charge on every trade.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
− Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
+ Yes. Hedging is not permitted. That includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. The rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
− Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
+ Yes. Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. Repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
− Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
+ Scalping is allowed; HFT-style trading is not. For this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, our HFT filter may flag your account and pause it for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
− Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
+ Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited, and excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed, within the rules described here and in the Terms of Service.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
− Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
+ Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases made with someone else's card are blocked to prevent fraud, with no exceptions.
Section: Is the $100K account a one-step evaluation with no Phase 2?
− Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
+ Is the $100K account a one-step evaluation with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your buffer account, complete contract signing and KYC, and move into a payout-eligible Simfunded account. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
Section: What is the buffer stage, and how much do I need to build?
− What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
+ What is the buffer stage, and how much do I need to build?
After passing the evaluation you're moved into a buffer account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 60% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you've cleared your buffer and completed contract signing and KYC, you move into your payout-eligible Simfunded account.
What are the payout rules?
Section: Payouts3
− Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose when you purchased: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
+ You can request a payout once your SimFunded account is above +1% profit from its starting balance. You keep the profit split of the plan you chose at purchase: 60% or 80% on standard accounts, 55% or 80% on Legacy NYC and earlier 55% accounts. There is no consistency rule once you're SimFunded and no restriction on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
− Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
+ Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly, and when the funds arrive depends on your bank's processing time.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
− No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
+ No. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance, which happens as you grow past the buffer stage, it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your SimFunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Section: Platforms and Trading5
− Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
+ Three: TradingView (in the browser, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). All three work for evaluation and SimFunded accounts. MES and MNQ come preloaded on every account; MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request.
What are the trading hours?
Our standard 60% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
− Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
+ Micro and mini futures. MES (micro S&P 500) and MNQ (micro Nasdaq) are preloaded. MGC (micro gold), MCL (micro crude oil), SIL (micro silver), and MYM (micro Dow) are available on request. Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
− Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
+ Yes, through their futures equivalents: SPX as ES or MES, NDX as NQ or MNQ, gold as GC or MGC, oil as CL or MCL, and US30 (Dow) as YM or MYM. All are available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
− Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
+ Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. Access is included, so you don't need a separate Quantower subscription. Full setup instructions are in your account setup email. If you run into issues, ask in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Section: Account Management1
− Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
+ Up to 5 funded futures accounts at a time. All funded traders move into a SimFunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
HUnlistedHolaPrime · Who is eligible to join Hola Prime?Hong Kong added to the list of restricted countries where Hola Prime does not provide services.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Are clients from the US accepted?
Hola Prime accepts clients from the United States. All clients must be at least 18 years old to participate.
What Countries are accepted?
Hola Prime does not provide services for residents of any country where such distribution or use would be contrary to local law or regulation.
Section: What Countries are accepted?
− These are the currently restricted countries: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burundi, Central African Republic, China, Cuba, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Laos, Libya, Mali, Moldova, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Oman, Pakistan, Russia, Somalia, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
What is the minimum age I must be to be part of your program?
The trader must be at least 18 years of age, or the applicable minimum legal age in their country to purchase an Hola Prime account.
After
Are clients from the US accepted?
Hola Prime accepts clients from the United States. All clients must be at least 18 years old to participate.
What Countries are accepted?
Hola Prime does not provide services for residents of any country where such distribution or use would be contrary to local law or regulation.
Section: What Countries are accepted?
+ These are the currently restricted countries: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burundi, Central African Republic, China, Cuba, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Hong Kong, India, Iran, Iraq, Laos, Libya, Mali, Moldova, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Oman, Pakistan, Russia, Somalia, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
What is the minimum age I must be to be part of your program?
The trader must be at least 18 years of age, or the applicable minimum legal age in their country to purchase an Hola Prime account.
Are clients from the US accepted?
Hola Prime accepts clients from the United States. All clients must be at least 18 years old to participate.
What Countries are accepted?
Hola Prime does not provide services for residents of any country where such distribution or use would be contrary to local law or regulation.
Section: What Countries are accepted?
− These are the currently restricted countries: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burundi, Central African Republic, China, Cuba, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Laos, Libya, Mali, Moldova, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Oman, Pakistan, Russia, Somalia, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
+ These are the currently restricted countries: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burundi, Central African Republic, China, Cuba, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Hong Kong, India, Iran, Iraq, Laos, Libya, Mali, Moldova, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Oman, Pakistan, Russia, Somalia, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
What is the minimum age I must be to be part of your program?
The trader must be at least 18 years of age, or the applicable minimum legal age in their country to purchase an Hola Prime account.
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Gap Trading | Goat Funded Futures FAQAdded link to EOD Challenge specifications and removed link to Instant Lite plan specifications.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Trading rules / Gap Trading
Gap Trading
Updated 8 September 2026
Gap Trading
Trading strategies designed to capture price gaps caused by market closures, re-openings, or significant company-specific announcements are not permitted.
This includes opening positions on the same day as scheduled earnings releases, as well as trading around major corporate events such as CEO changes, takeover announcements, regulatory decisions, guidance updates, or other material company news.
These events will be treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Prohibited practices
Related articles
Section: Gap Trading
- Can I trade during news events?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
- Multi-Account & Restrictions: Path to Live Restrictions & Multi-Account Rules
− - What are the Instant Lite plan specifications?
Back to top
After
Help Center / Trading rules / Gap Trading
Gap Trading
Updated 8 September 2026
Gap Trading
Trading strategies designed to capture price gaps caused by market closures, re-openings, or significant company-specific announcements are not permitted.
This includes opening positions on the same day as scheduled earnings releases, as well as trading around major corporate events such as CEO changes, takeover announcements, regulatory decisions, guidance updates, or other material company news.
These events will be treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Prohibited practices
Related articles
Section: Gap Trading
+ - EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- Can I trade during news events?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
- Multi-Account & Restrictions: Path to Live Restrictions & Multi-Account Rules
Back to top
Help Center / Trading rules / Gap Trading
Gap Trading
Updated 8 September 2026
Gap Trading
Trading strategies designed to capture price gaps caused by market closures, re-openings, or significant company-specific announcements are not permitted.
This includes opening positions on the same day as scheduled earnings releases, as well as trading around major corporate events such as CEO changes, takeover announcements, regulatory decisions, guidance updates, or other material company news.
These events will be treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high-impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › Prohibited practices
Related articles
Section: Gap Trading
+ - EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- Can I trade during news events?
- What strategies are prohibited?
- Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
- Multi-Account & Restrictions: Path to Live Restrictions & Multi-Account Rules
− - What are the Instant Lite plan specifications?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · How long does it take to get my Funded Account? | Goat Funded Futures FAQAdded section "How many accounts can I have?" and removed sections on 1-Day-Pass-Plan and intraday trailing drawdown.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Get started / How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
Updated 7 August 2026
After meeting all of your challenge criteria, our team will review your account and activate your funded account within 2 business days. In most cases this is done within some hours, however during periods of high volume it may take longer.
Our commitment is that all passed challenge accounts will be reviewed and upgraded within 2 business days at the latest.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Related articles
- How do Futures Prop accounts work?
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- How are payouts sent and how long do they take?
Section: How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
- How long does it take to complete KYC?
− - Why does my funded Daily Payouts account use intraday trailing drawdown?
Back to top
After
Help Center / Get started / How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
Updated 7 August 2026
After meeting all of your challenge criteria, our team will review your account and activate your funded account within 2 business days. In most cases this is done within some hours, however during periods of high volume it may take longer.
Our commitment is that all passed challenge accounts will be reviewed and upgraded within 2 business days at the latest.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Related articles
- How do Futures Prop accounts work?
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- How are payouts sent and how long do they take?
Section: How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
+ - How many accounts can I have?
- How long does it take to complete KYC?
Back to top
Help Center / Get started / How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
Updated 7 August 2026
After meeting all of your challenge criteria, our team will review your account and activate your funded account within 2 business days. In most cases this is done within some hours, however during periods of high volume it may take longer.
Our commitment is that all passed challenge accounts will be reviewed and upgraded within 2 business days at the latest.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Related articles
- How do Futures Prop accounts work?
- 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- How are payouts sent and how long do they take?
Section: How long does it take to get my Funded Account?
+ - How many accounts can I have?
- How long does it take to complete KYC?
− - Why does my funded Daily Payouts account use intraday trailing drawdown?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · IOne related article link replaced with a new one about restricted countries, and one removed.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
− - Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
Back to top
After
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
+ - I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
Back to top
I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
Updated 28 July 2026
Here are a few common things to check:
- Make sure you're using the credentials we sent you, not your personal Tradovate account. GFF accounts use separate sim credentials.
- Confirm that you're connecting to the simulation environment, not live.
- Try resetting your password through the Tradovate platform.
- If using the web version, clear your browser cache and try again.
If none of the above resolves the issue, contact our support team on with your account ID.
Where this fits
Platforms and market data › Tradovate and TradingView
Related articles
- How do I connect my account to TradingView?
Section: I'm having trouble logging into Tradovate. What should I do?
+ - I'm in a country where Tradovate is restricted. What are my options?
- I completed payment but haven't received my login details. What should I do?
- What is the Path to Live?
- Transition: What happens when I transition from sim to live?
− - Live Account Specifications: What are the live account specifications?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Can I trade during news events? | Goat Funded Futures FAQEOD Challenge" renamed to "1-Day-Pass-Plan" in table of contents.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
− - EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Back to top
After
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
+ - 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Back to top
- Close existing positions
- Trigger pending orders
If a position was opened before the 2 minute pre-news window began, you are permitted to hold it through the event. See the news holding rule for more details.
This applies to all funded account types: EOD, 1-Day-Pass-Plan, Flex, Instant Classic and Daily Payouts.
What happens if you trade inside the window
If you execute an order within the restricted timeframe, any profits generated will be deducted upon payout request.
Gap trading around scheduled earnings releases or other significant company-specific announcements is also prohibited and is treated in the same manner as high impact news trading.
Where this fits
Trading rules › News
Related articles
- What plans do you offer?
- What is the difference between our plans?
Section: What happens if you trade inside the window
− - EOD Challenge: specifications, rules and payouts
+ - 1-Day-Pass-Plan: specifications, rules and payouts
- Holding time rules on each plan
- What are the specifications of each Type and Account Size?
Back to top
GUnlistedGoat Funded Futures · Which countries are restricted? | Goat Funded Futures FAQThe restricted countries list was updated to remove "Iraq and the Levant (ISIL)" as a single entry, listing "Iraq" separately instead.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Help Center / Get started / Which countries are restricted?
Which countries are restricted?
Section: Which countries are restricted?
− Updated 17 October 2026
Due to regulatory, licensing, and payment processing restrictions, Goat Funded Futures cannot offer services to residents of the following countries.
Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
Section: Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
− Afghanistan, Albania, Antarctica, Algeria, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Bangladesh, Belarus, Burkina Faso, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Congo, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, East Timor, Ethiopia, Guinea-Bissau, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq and the Levant (ISIL), Israel, Japan, Jordan, Lao PDR, Lebanon, Lesotho, Libya, Morocco, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Myanmar, North Korea, Pakistan, Palestinian Territory, Philippines, Panama, Russia, Romania, Rwanda, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Somalia, South Korea, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Slovenia, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkey, Togo, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Frequently Asked Question
Can traders from restricted countries participate?
Eligibility to participate depends on applicable laws, regulations, and our compliance requirements.
Goat Funded Futures may restrict or discontinue services in certain countries or regions due to regulatory obligations or changes in business requirements.
If your country becomes unavailable after you purchase an evaluation, our team will contact you directly with the next steps, if applicable.
If you are unsure whether your country is eligible, please contact our Support team before purchasing an account.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Back to top
After
Help Center / Get started / Which countries are restricted?
Which countries are restricted?
Section: Which countries are restricted?
+ Updated 19 October 2026
Due to regulatory, licensing, and payment processing restrictions, Goat Funded Futures cannot offer services to residents of the following countries.
Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
Section: Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
+ Afghanistan, Albania, Antarctica, Algeria, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Bangladesh, Belarus, Burkina Faso, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Congo, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, East Timor, Ethiopia, Guinea-Bissau, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Lao PDR, Lebanon, Lesotho, Libya, Morocco, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Myanmar, North Korea, Pakistan, Palestinian Territory, Philippines, Panama, Russia, Romania, Rwanda, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Somalia, South Korea, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Slovenia, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkey, Togo, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Frequently Asked Question
Can traders from restricted countries participate?
Eligibility to participate depends on applicable laws, regulations, and our compliance requirements.
Goat Funded Futures may restrict or discontinue services in certain countries or regions due to regulatory obligations or changes in business requirements.
If your country becomes unavailable after you purchase an evaluation, our team will contact you directly with the next steps, if applicable.
If you are unsure whether your country is eligible, please contact our Support team before purchasing an account.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Back to top
Help Center / Get started / Which countries are restricted?
Which countries are restricted?
Section: Which countries are restricted?
− Updated 17 October 2026
+ Updated 19 October 2026
Due to regulatory, licensing, and payment processing restrictions, Goat Funded Futures cannot offer services to residents of the following countries.
Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
Section: Fully Restricted Countries (All Platforms)
− Afghanistan, Albania, Antarctica, Algeria, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Bangladesh, Belarus, Burkina Faso, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Congo, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, East Timor, Ethiopia, Guinea-Bissau, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq and the Levant (ISIL), Israel, Japan, Jordan, Lao PDR, Lebanon, Lesotho, Libya, Morocco, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Myanmar, North Korea, Pakistan, Palestinian Territory, Philippines, Panama, Russia, Romania, Rwanda, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Somalia, South Korea, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Slovenia, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkey, Togo, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
+ Afghanistan, Albania, Antarctica, Algeria, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Bangladesh, Belarus, Burkina Faso, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Congo, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, East Timor, Ethiopia, Guinea-Bissau, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Lao PDR, Lebanon, Lesotho, Libya, Morocco, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Myanmar, North Korea, Pakistan, Palestinian Territory, Philippines, Panama, Russia, Romania, Rwanda, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Somalia, South Korea, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Slovenia, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkey, Togo, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
This list is reviewed periodically and may change without notice.
Frequently Asked Question
Can traders from restricted countries participate?
Eligibility to participate depends on applicable laws, regulations, and our compliance requirements.
Goat Funded Futures may restrict or discontinue services in certain countries or regions due to regulatory obligations or changes in business requirements.
If your country becomes unavailable after you purchase an evaluation, our team will contact you directly with the next steps, if applicable.
If you are unsure whether your country is eligible, please contact our Support team before purchasing an account.
Where this fits
Get started › Opening an account
Back to top
PremierLucid Trading · LucidDirect Daily Loss Limit | Lucid Trading Help CenterAdded information about on-demand payouts for different LucidDirect account sizes and their Daily Loss Limit applicability.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
$150,000 | $3,000 | $155,100
Once the account closes above the Initial Trail Balance, the Fixed DLL is replaced by the LucidScale DLL.
LucidScale DLL Formula:
Highest end-of-day account profit × 60% = LucidScale DLL
- The LucidScale DLL increases as your account grows
- It does not decrease, even if the account draws down
- This provides greater flexibility and reward for consistent profitability
Example:
If your highest end-of-day profit is $4,000, then:
$4,000 × 0.60 = $2,400
Your new DLL will be $2,400 until a higher end-of-day profit is achieved
The LucidScale DLL was designed to promote long-term success and reflects Lucid Trading’s commitment to trader-friendly rules and risk management.
Section: On Demand Payouts
After
$150,000 | $3,000 | $155,100
Once the account closes above the Initial Trail Balance, the Fixed DLL is replaced by the LucidScale DLL.
LucidScale DLL Formula:
Highest end-of-day account profit × 60% = LucidScale DLL
- The LucidScale DLL increases as your account grows
- It does not decrease, even if the account draws down
- This provides greater flexibility and reward for consistent profitability
Example:
If your highest end-of-day profit is $4,000, then:
$4,000 × 0.60 = $2,400
Your new DLL will be $2,400 until a higher end-of-day profit is achieved
The LucidScale DLL was designed to promote long-term success and reflects Lucid Trading’s commitment to trader-friendly rules and risk management.
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - $50,000, $100,000 and $150,000 LucidDirect accounts have a Daily Loss Limit, so they can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - $25,000 LucidDirect accounts have no Daily Loss Limit, so their payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
+ - LucidDirect has no add-ons; the Daily Loss Limit is set by account size.
$150,000 | $3,000 | $155,100
Once the account closes above the Initial Trail Balance, the Fixed DLL is replaced by the LucidScale DLL.
LucidScale DLL Formula:
Highest end-of-day account profit × 60% = LucidScale DLL
- The LucidScale DLL increases as your account grows
- It does not decrease, even if the account draws down
- This provides greater flexibility and reward for consistent profitability
Example:
If your highest end-of-day profit is $4,000, then:
$4,000 × 0.60 = $2,400
Your new DLL will be $2,400 until a higher end-of-day profit is achieved
The LucidScale DLL was designed to promote long-term success and reflects Lucid Trading’s commitment to trader-friendly rules and risk management.
Section: On Demand Payouts
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - $50,000, $100,000 and $150,000 LucidDirect accounts have a Daily Loss Limit, so they can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - $25,000 LucidDirect accounts have no Daily Loss Limit, so their payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
+ - LucidDirect has no add-ons; the Daily Loss Limit is set by account size.
PremierLucid Trading · LucidPro Customization | Lucid Trading Help CenterAdded On Demand Payouts feature as option for Daily Loss Limit ON accounts, available during trading sessions.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LucidPro Customization
Overview
LucidPro gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. One setting can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization option is:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
These settings create two unique LucidPro account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidPro account with your preferred options.
After
LucidPro Customization
Overview
LucidPro gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. One setting can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization option is:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
These settings create two unique LucidPro account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
+ - Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
+ - Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded LucidPro account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
+ - On Demand Payouts available
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and On Demand Payouts
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidPro account with your preferred options.
LucidPro Customization
Overview
LucidPro gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. One setting can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization option is:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
These settings create two unique LucidPro account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
+ - Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
+ - Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded LucidPro account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
LucidPro offers two possible combinations.
Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
+ - On Demand Payouts available
- Cheapest version of LucidPro
Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
- Higher pricing version of LucidPro
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and On Demand Payouts
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidPro account with your preferred options.
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Consistency Percentage | Lucid Trading Help CenterLucidFlex evaluation Consistency Percentage requirement changed from 50% or less to 40% or less, with optional 50% add-on available.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Consistency
The Consistency Percentage tracks a traders ability to earn profits over multiple sessions. This demonstrates a that a trader has and can adhere to a risk management strategy.
The Calculation
Section: The Calculation
− In LucidFlex evaluation accounts you must have Consistency Percentage of 50% or less to be eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account.
Use the following formula to determine if you are adhering to the Consistency Percentage:
Largest Single Day Profit / Account Profit = Consistency Percentage
Example
You trade your $50k LucidFlex evaluation account and your Largest Single Day Profit was $750 when you reached the $3,000 profit target. Plug the values into the above formula.
$750 / $3,000 = 25%
Section: Example
− Congratulations, you have maintained consistency under the LucidFlex evaluation 50% requirement. You may now upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. However, if your largest day had exceeded 50% of your account profit, you would need to continue trading until your largest day is 50% or less.
− Consistency Cushion
− There is a small cushion built into the LucidFlex consistency so that traders that are super eager to pass in two days can do so. However, taking your time to reach your profit target is the best approach.
Please see below for an example of how the cushion works.
Account Size | Profit Target | 50% Consistency | Cushion
25k Flex | $1,250 | $625 | $650.00
50k Flex | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,560.00
100k Flex | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,120.00
150k Flex | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,680.00
Important: This is merely an example table based on hitting exactly 50% of your profit target. The cushion is a percentage calculated on what your actual profit earned is for the day and will vary from trader to trader.
It is NOT a fixed dollar amount for all scenarios. The actual dollar amount is dependent on how much profit you earned on your biggest day.
Consistency at Live Account Status
Section: Consistency at Live Account Status
− Once promoted to Live account status, the consistency requirement no longer applies. The 50% consistency requirement applies only during the evaluation stage.
After
Consistency
The Consistency Percentage tracks a traders ability to earn profits over multiple sessions. This demonstrates a that a trader has and can adhere to a risk management strategy.
The Calculation
Section: The Calculation
+ In LucidFlex evaluation accounts your Consistency Percentage must be 40% or less to be eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. If you added the 50% consistency add-on at checkout, it must be 50% or less.
Use the following formula to determine if you are adhering to the Consistency Percentage:
Largest Single Day Profit / Account Profit = Consistency Percentage
Example
You trade your $50k LucidFlex evaluation account and your Largest Single Day Profit was $750 when you reached the $3,000 profit target. Plug the values into the above formula.
$750 / $3,000 = 25%
Section: Example
+ Congratulations, you are under the 40% requirement (and the 50% add-on). You may now upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. If your largest day had been more than your limit (40%, or 50% with the add-on), you would keep trading until your largest day is back within it.
+ Cushion with the 50% Add-on
+ There is a small cushion built into the 50% consistency add-on so that traders that are super eager to pass in two days can do so. However, taking your time to reach your profit target is the best approach.
Please see below for an example of how the cushion works.
Account Size | Profit Target | 50% Consistency | Cushion
25k Flex | $1,250 | $625 | $650.00
50k Flex | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,560.00
100k Flex | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,120.00
150k Flex | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,680.00
Important: This is merely an example table based on hitting exactly 50% of your profit target. The cushion is a percentage calculated on what your actual profit earned is for the day and will vary from trader to trader.
It is NOT a fixed dollar amount for all scenarios. The actual dollar amount is dependent on how much profit you earned on your biggest day.
Consistency at Live Account Status
Section: Consistency at Live Account Status
+ Once promoted to Live account status, the consistency requirement no longer applies. The consistency requirement (40%, or 50% with the add-on) applies only during the evaluation stage.
Consistency
The Consistency Percentage tracks a traders ability to earn profits over multiple sessions. This demonstrates a that a trader has and can adhere to a risk management strategy.
The Calculation
Section: The Calculation
− In LucidFlex evaluation accounts you must have Consistency Percentage of 50% or less to be eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account.
+ In LucidFlex evaluation accounts your Consistency Percentage must be 40% or less to be eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. If you added the 50% consistency add-on at checkout, it must be 50% or less.
Use the following formula to determine if you are adhering to the Consistency Percentage:
Largest Single Day Profit / Account Profit = Consistency Percentage
Example
You trade your $50k LucidFlex evaluation account and your Largest Single Day Profit was $750 when you reached the $3,000 profit target. Plug the values into the above formula.
$750 / $3,000 = 25%
Section: Example
− Congratulations, you have maintained consistency under the LucidFlex evaluation 50% requirement. You may now upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. However, if your largest day had exceeded 50% of your account profit, you would need to continue trading until your largest day is 50% or less.
− Consistency Cushion
− There is a small cushion built into the LucidFlex consistency so that traders that are super eager to pass in two days can do so. However, taking your time to reach your profit target is the best approach.
+ Congratulations, you are under the 40% requirement (and the 50% add-on). You may now upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. If your largest day had been more than your limit (40%, or 50% with the add-on), you would keep trading until your largest day is back within it.
+ Cushion with the 50% Add-on
+ There is a small cushion built into the 50% consistency add-on so that traders that are super eager to pass in two days can do so. However, taking your time to reach your profit target is the best approach.
Please see below for an example of how the cushion works.
Account Size | Profit Target | 50% Consistency | Cushion
25k Flex | $1,250 | $625 | $650.00
50k Flex | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,560.00
100k Flex | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,120.00
150k Flex | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,680.00
Important: This is merely an example table based on hitting exactly 50% of your profit target. The cushion is a percentage calculated on what your actual profit earned is for the day and will vary from trader to trader.
It is NOT a fixed dollar amount for all scenarios. The actual dollar amount is dependent on how much profit you earned on your biggest day.
Consistency at Live Account Status
Section: Consistency at Live Account Status
− Once promoted to Live account status, the consistency requirement no longer applies. The 50% consistency requirement applies only during the evaluation stage.
+ Once promoted to Live account status, the consistency requirement no longer applies. The consistency requirement (40%, or 50% with the add-on) applies only during the evaluation stage.
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
− $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros
− $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros
− $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros
− $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+ $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros
+ $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros
+ $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros
+ $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
− $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros
− $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros
− $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros
− $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros
+ $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros
+ $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros
+ $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros
+ $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Customization | Lucid Trading Help CenterArticle added Consistency setting with 40% or 50% options, expanding account configurations from two to four, plus On Demand Payouts feature.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LucidFlex Customization
Overview
Section: Overview
− LucidFlex gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. One setting can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization option is:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
− These settings create two unique LucidFlex account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
Available Account Configurations
Section: Available Account Configurations
− LucidFlex offers two possible combinations.
− Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
− Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
− - Higher pricing version of LucidFlex
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidFlex account with your preferred options.
After
LucidFlex Customization
Overview
Section: Overview
+ LucidFlex gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. Two settings can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization options are:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
+ - Consistency: 40% or 50%
+ These settings create four unique LucidFlex account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
+ - Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
+ - Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
+ Consistency
+ - 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
+ - 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
+ - Consistency applies to the evaluation only. Funded LucidFlex accounts have no consistency rule. See LucidFlex Consistency Percentage.
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
Section: Available Account Configurations
+ LucidFlex offers four possible combinations.
+ Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
+ - On Demand Payouts
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
+ Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
+ - Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
+ - On Demand Payouts
+ - Pass in as few as 2 days
+ Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
+ Option 4: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 50% Consistency
+ - No Daily Loss Limit
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
+ - Pass in as few as 2 days
+ - Highest pricing version of LucidFlex
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and On Demand Payouts
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
+ - Choose 50% Consistency if you want to pass faster
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidFlex account with your preferred options.
LucidFlex Customization
Overview
Section: Overview
− LucidFlex gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. One setting can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization option is:
+ LucidFlex gives traders the ability to customize their account at the time of purchase. Two settings can be adjusted to create the trading experience that best fits your risk preferences. The customization options are:
- Daily Loss Limit: On or Off
− These settings create two unique LucidFlex account configurations.
+ - Consistency: 40% or 50%
+ These settings create four unique LucidFlex account configurations.
Daily Loss Limit
The Daily Loss Limit (DLL) determines whether a daily loss cap is enforced on your account. The DLL is a soft breach, so if you hit it you will simply be locked out until the next trading session.
Daily Loss Limit On
- A Daily Loss Limit is enforced on both evaluation and funded accounts
- Results in a lower evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit On
+ - Your funded account gets On Demand Payouts (see below)
Daily Loss Limit Off
- No Daily Loss Limit is applied during either the evaluation or funded phase
- Results in a higher evaluation purchase price
Section: Daily Loss Limit Off
+ - Payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule
+ Consistency
+ - 40% (standard): your largest day must be 40% or less of your evaluation profit. Lowest price.
+ - 50% (add-on): your largest day can be up to 50%, so you can pass in as few as 2 days. Added at checkout for a small fee.
+ - Consistency applies to the evaluation only. Funded LucidFlex accounts have no consistency rule. See LucidFlex Consistency Percentage.
+ On Demand Payouts
+ - Keep the Daily Loss Limit On and your funded account can request payouts during the trading session, from profit made that session (6:00 PM to 3:45 PM ET).
+ - With the Daily Loss Limit Off, payouts follow the regular end-of-day schedule.
Available Account Configurations
Section: Available Account Configurations
− LucidFlex offers two possible combinations.
− Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON
+ LucidFlex offers four possible combinations.
+ Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
- Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
Section: Option 1: Daily Loss Limit ON + 40% Consistency
+ - On Demand Payouts
- Cheapest version of LucidFlex
Section: Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
− Option 2: Daily Loss Limit OFF
+ Option 2: Daily Loss Limit ON + 50% Consistency
+ - Daily Loss Limit enabled for evaluation and funded
+ - On Demand Payouts
+ - Pass in as few as 2 days
+ Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
- No Daily Loss Limit
Section: Option 3: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 40% Consistency
− - Higher pricing version of LucidFlex
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
+ Option 4: Daily Loss Limit OFF + 50% Consistency
+ - No Daily Loss Limit
+ - Regular end-of-day payouts
+ - Pass in as few as 2 days
+ - Highest pricing version of LucidFlex
Choosing the Right Configuration
Your customization should reflect your priorities:
Section: Choosing the Right Configuration
− - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price
+ - Choose Daily Loss Limit ON if you prefer a lower purchase price and On Demand Payouts
- Choose Daily Loss Limit OFF if you want more flexibility and don't mind paying a premium for it
+ - Choose 50% Consistency if you want to pass faster
Once selected, these settings cannot be changed for an active account. If you want a different configuration, you'll need to purchase a new LucidFlex account with your preferred options.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Supported Trading Products / Assets | Tradeify Help CenterArticle reorganized by asset class instead of contract size, added position limit explanations, added complete supported symbol list, and added micro currency contracts M6E and M6A.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
− MINI Equity Futures
− Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
− E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
− E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
− E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
− E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
− Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
− EUREX Index Futures
− Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
− Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
− Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
− VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
− STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
− Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
− Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
− EUREX Bond Futures
− Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
− Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
− Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
− Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
− Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
− British Pound | 6B | CME
− Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
− Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
− Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
− Euro FX | 6E | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
− Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Lean Hogs | HE | CME
− Live Cattle | LE | CME
− Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
− Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
− Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
− Corn | ZC | CBOT
− Wheat | ZW | CBOT
− Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
− MINI Energy Futures
− Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
− Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
− E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
− E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
− MINI Metal Futures
− Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Gold | GC | COMEX
− Copper | HG | COMEX
− Silver | SI | COMEX
− E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
− Platinum | PL | NYMEX
− Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− MICRO Futures (All Types)
− Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
− Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
− Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
− Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
− E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
− Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
− E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
− E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
After
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the Metal Futures section below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
+ How this list is organized: products are grouped by asset class. Each group lists its full-size, E-mini and micro contracts together, so you can see every size of a product in one place.
+ Contract sizes and position limits: full-size and E-mini contracts have the same position limits as a mini, so each one counts as one mini. Micros count as one tenth of a mini (10 micros = 1 mini). For example, one Gold (GC) or one Crude Oil (CL) contract uses the same position limit as one E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract.
+ All supported root symbols: ES, NQ, YM, RTY, EMD, NKD, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, CL, NG, QM, QG, MCL, GC, SI, HG, PL, PA, QO, MGC, 6E, 6B, 6J, 6A, 6C, 6S, M6E, M6A, ZC, ZW, ZS, ZL, ZM, HE, LE, GF, FDAX, FDXM, FDXS, FESX, FSXE, FXXP, FVS, FGBL, FGBM, FGBS, FGBX. If a root symbol is not on this list, it is not supported.
+ Equity Index Futures
+ Supported equity index futures. Full-size: Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME. E-mini: E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME. Micro: Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | E-mini | CBOT
+ E-Mini Russell | RTY | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | E-mini | CME
+ Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | Full-size | CME
+ Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | Micro | CBOT
+ Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | Micro | CME
+ Energy Futures
+ Supported energy futures. Full-size: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX. Micro: Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Crude Oil | CL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Natural Gas | NG | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | E-mini | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | E-mini | NYMEX
+ Micro Crude Oil | MCL | Micro | NYMEX
+ Metal Futures
+ Supported metal futures. Full-size: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX. Micro: E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Gold | GC | Full-size | COMEX
+ Silver | SI | Full-size | COMEX
+ Copper | HG | Full-size | COMEX
+ Platinum | PL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Palladium | PA | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Gold | QO | E-mini | COMEX
+ E-Micro Gold | MGC | Micro | COMEX
+ Micro Silver (SIL) is not supported. MGC is the only supported micro metal.
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures. Full-size: Euro FX (6E) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME. Micro: E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro FX | 6E | Full-size | CME
+ British Pound | 6B | Full-size | CME
+ Japanese Yen | 6J | Full-size | CME
+ Australian Dollar | 6A | Full-size | CME
+ Canadian Dollar | 6C | Full-size | CME
+ Swiss Franc | 6S | Full-size | CME
+ E-Micro Euro | M6E | Micro | CME
+ E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | Micro | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures (grains and livestock). Full-size: Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT; Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Corn | ZC | Full-size | CBOT
+ Wheat | ZW | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybeans | ZS | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Oil | ZL | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Meal | ZM | Full-size | CBOT
+ Lean Hogs | HE | Full-size | CME
+ Live Cattle | LE | Full-size | CME
+ Feeder Cattle | GF | Full-size | CME
+ EUREX Index Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX index futures. Full-size: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX. Mini: Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX. Micro: Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ DAX Index | FDAX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Mini-DAX | FDXM | Mini | EUREX
+ Micro DAX Index | FDXS | Micro | EUREX
+ Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | Micro | EUREX
+ STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | Full-size | EUREX
+ VSTOXX | FVS | Full-size | EUREX
+ EUREX Bond Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX bond futures. Full-size: Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro-Bund | FGBL | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Bobl | FGBM | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Schatz | FGBS | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Buxl | FGBX | Full-size | EUREX
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the Metal Futures section below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
− MINI Equity Futures
− Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
− E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
− E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
− E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
− E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
− Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
− EUREX Index Futures
− Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
− Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
− Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
− VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
− STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
− Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
− Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
− EUREX Bond Futures
− Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
− Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
− Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
− Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
+ How this list is organized: products are grouped by asset class. Each group lists its full-size, E-mini and micro contracts together, so you can see every size of a product in one place.
+ Contract sizes and position limits: full-size and E-mini contracts have the same position limits as a mini, so each one counts as one mini. Micros count as one tenth of a mini (10 micros = 1 mini). For example, one Gold (GC) or one Crude Oil (CL) contract uses the same position limit as one E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract.
+ All supported root symbols: ES, NQ, YM, RTY, EMD, NKD, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, CL, NG, QM, QG, MCL, GC, SI, HG, PL, PA, QO, MGC, 6E, 6B, 6J, 6A, 6C, 6S, M6E, M6A, ZC, ZW, ZS, ZL, ZM, HE, LE, GF, FDAX, FDXM, FDXS, FESX, FSXE, FXXP, FVS, FGBL, FGBM, FGBS, FGBX. If a root symbol is not on this list, it is not supported.
+ Equity Index Futures
+ Supported equity index futures. Full-size: Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME. E-mini: E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME. Micro: Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | E-mini | CBOT
+ E-Mini Russell | RTY | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | E-mini | CME
+ Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | Full-size | CME
+ Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | Micro | CBOT
+ Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | Micro | CME
+ Energy Futures
+ Supported energy futures. Full-size: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX. Micro: Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Crude Oil | CL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Natural Gas | NG | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | E-mini | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | E-mini | NYMEX
+ Micro Crude Oil | MCL | Micro | NYMEX
+ Metal Futures
+ Supported metal futures. Full-size: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX. Micro: E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Gold | GC | Full-size | COMEX
+ Silver | SI | Full-size | COMEX
+ Copper | HG | Full-size | COMEX
+ Platinum | PL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Palladium | PA | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Gold | QO | E-mini | COMEX
+ E-Micro Gold | MGC | Micro | COMEX
+ Micro Silver (SIL) is not supported. MGC is the only supported micro metal.
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
− Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
− British Pound | 6B | CME
− Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
− Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
− Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
− Euro FX | 6E | CME
+ Supported currency futures. Full-size: Euro FX (6E) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME. Micro: E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro FX | 6E | Full-size | CME
+ British Pound | 6B | Full-size | CME
+ Japanese Yen | 6J | Full-size | CME
+ Australian Dollar | 6A | Full-size | CME
+ Canadian Dollar | 6C | Full-size | CME
+ Swiss Franc | 6S | Full-size | CME
+ E-Micro Euro | M6E | Micro | CME
+ E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | Micro | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
− Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Lean Hogs | HE | CME
− Live Cattle | LE | CME
− Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
− Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
− Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
− Corn | ZC | CBOT
− Wheat | ZW | CBOT
− Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
− MINI Energy Futures
− Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
− Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
− E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
− E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
− MINI Metal Futures
− Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Gold | GC | COMEX
− Copper | HG | COMEX
− Silver | SI | COMEX
− E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
− Platinum | PL | NYMEX
− Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− MICRO Futures (All Types)
− Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
− Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
− Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
− Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
− E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
− Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
− E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
− E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
+ Supported agricultural futures (grains and livestock). Full-size: Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT; Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Corn | ZC | Full-size | CBOT
+ Wheat | ZW | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybeans | ZS | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Oil | ZL | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Meal | ZM | Full-size | CBOT
+ Lean Hogs | HE | Full-size | CME
+ Live Cattle | LE | Full-size | CME
+ Feeder Cattle | GF | Full-size | CME
+ EUREX Index Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX index futures. Full-size: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX. Mini: Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX. Micro: Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ DAX Index | FDAX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Mini-DAX | FDXM | Mini | EUREX
+ Micro DAX Index | FDXS | Micro | EUREX
+ Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | Micro | EUREX
+ STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | Full-size | EUREX
+ VSTOXX | FVS | Full-size | EUREX
+ EUREX Bond Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX bond futures. Full-size: Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro-Bund | FGBL | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Bobl | FGBM | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Schatz | FGBS | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Buxl | FGBX | Full-size | EUREX
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Credits and pack rules | FuturesElite FAQUltra 50K Elite payout cap increased from $2,000 to $4,000; description expanded with additional account details and rules.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Credits are bought in fixed packages from the Add credits panel.
- Credits have no cash value and can't be transferred or redeemed for cash.
- The Pack Pass gives a free Ignition Pack for every 1,800 credits you spend. Giveaway and Discord keys open free packs.
- Opened packs are final. If something goes wrong during an opening, contact Support with the time of the opening.
- Packs are available to account holders aged 18 or over, where our services are available.
Ultra 50K Elite
Section: Ultra 50K Elite
− A 50K Elite account with a $4,000 payout cap and no resets, for traders confident in their process. It isn't sold on the dashboard; you unlock the right to buy it with the Ultra 50K Elite Access card.
Evaluation rule | Ultra 50K Elite
Profit target | $3,000
Max Loss Limit (EOD) | $2,000
Daily loss limit | $1,200 soft lock
Minimum trading days | 3
Consistency | 40%
Contracts | 4
After
- Credits are bought in fixed packages from the Add credits panel.
- Credits have no cash value and can't be transferred or redeemed for cash.
- The Pack Pass gives a free Ignition Pack for every 1,800 credits you spend. Giveaway and Discord keys open free packs.
- Opened packs are final. If something goes wrong during an opening, contact Support with the time of the opening.
- Packs are available to account holders aged 18 or over, where our services are available.
Ultra 50K Elite
Section: Ultra 50K Elite
+ Ultra 50K Elite works like the 50K Elite with these differences: payout cap up to $4,000 per payout (instead of $2,000); the $1,200 daily loss limit is always on; it cannot be reset; in evaluation the trailing floor stops at $50,100. It isn't sold on the dashboard; you unlock the right to buy it with the Ultra 50K Elite Access card.
Evaluation rule | Ultra 50K Elite
Profit target | $3,000
Max Loss Limit (EOD) | $2,000
Daily loss limit | $1,200 soft lock
Minimum trading days | 3
Consistency | 40%
Contracts | 4
- Credits are bought in fixed packages from the Add credits panel.
- Credits have no cash value and can't be transferred or redeemed for cash.
- The Pack Pass gives a free Ignition Pack for every 1,800 credits you spend. Giveaway and Discord keys open free packs.
- Opened packs are final. If something goes wrong during an opening, contact Support with the time of the opening.
- Packs are available to account holders aged 18 or over, where our services are available.
Ultra 50K Elite
Section: Ultra 50K Elite
− A 50K Elite account with a $4,000 payout cap and no resets, for traders confident in their process. It isn't sold on the dashboard; you unlock the right to buy it with the Ultra 50K Elite Access card.
+ Ultra 50K Elite works like the 50K Elite with these differences: payout cap up to $4,000 per payout (instead of $2,000); the $1,200 daily loss limit is always on; it cannot be reset; in evaluation the trailing floor stops at $50,100. It isn't sold on the dashboard; you unlock the right to buy it with the Ultra 50K Elite Access card.
Evaluation rule | Ultra 50K Elite
Profit target | $3,000
Max Loss Limit (EOD) | $2,000
Daily loss limit | $1,200 soft lock
Minimum trading days | 3
Consistency | 40%
Contracts | 4
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Live accounts: loss floor, cushion and reserve | FuturesElite FAQReserve unlock processing changed from weekly to unspecified frequency.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Loss floor
- Every live account starts at $0 with a loss floor below it ($2,000 on a 50K).
- The floor moves only at the daily close, to sit one floor-width below your best close. Intraday dips below it are safe if the day closes above.
- Once it reaches $0 it stops there permanently.
- If a trading day closes below the floor, the account is lost, including any cushion it holds. There is no daily loss limit.
Cushion
- Half the starting floor ($1,000 on a 50K). Your first profits fill it.
- Profit above the cushion is withdrawable from day one.
- The cushion is released after 15 profitable days, not necessarily in a row. A day counts when realised profit reaches the daily minimum ($150 on a 50K).
- Withdrawals never move the floor.
Reserve
- Unlocks begin after 15 profitable live days and $5,000 of total live profit.
Section: Reserve
− - Then every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500, processed weekly.
- Locked Reserve can't be withdrawn. Released Reserve can be withdrawn or used for margin.
- Gambling, oversizing or reckless trading forfeits Reserve unlocks.
Getting paid
Payouts are daily with a $200 minimum: live profit above the cushion plus any released Reserve. The split is 90%.
After
Loss floor
- Every live account starts at $0 with a loss floor below it ($2,000 on a 50K).
- The floor moves only at the daily close, to sit one floor-width below your best close. Intraday dips below it are safe if the day closes above.
- Once it reaches $0 it stops there permanently.
- If a trading day closes below the floor, the account is lost, including any cushion it holds. There is no daily loss limit.
Cushion
- Half the starting floor ($1,000 on a 50K). Your first profits fill it.
- Profit above the cushion is withdrawable from day one.
- The cushion is released after 15 profitable days, not necessarily in a row. A day counts when realised profit reaches the daily minimum ($150 on a 50K).
- Withdrawals never move the floor.
Reserve
- Unlocks begin after 15 profitable live days and $5,000 of total live profit.
Section: Reserve
+ - Then every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500.
- Locked Reserve can't be withdrawn. Released Reserve can be withdrawn or used for margin.
- Gambling, oversizing or reckless trading forfeits Reserve unlocks.
Getting paid
Payouts are daily with a $200 minimum: live profit above the cushion plus any released Reserve. The split is 90%.
Loss floor
- Every live account starts at $0 with a loss floor below it ($2,000 on a 50K).
- The floor moves only at the daily close, to sit one floor-width below your best close. Intraday dips below it are safe if the day closes above.
- Once it reaches $0 it stops there permanently.
- If a trading day closes below the floor, the account is lost, including any cushion it holds. There is no daily loss limit.
Cushion
- Half the starting floor ($1,000 on a 50K). Your first profits fill it.
- Profit above the cushion is withdrawable from day one.
- The cushion is released after 15 profitable days, not necessarily in a row. A day counts when realised profit reaches the daily minimum ($150 on a 50K).
- Withdrawals never move the floor.
Reserve
- Unlocks begin after 15 profitable live days and $5,000 of total live profit.
Section: Reserve
− - Then every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500, processed weekly.
+ - Then every extra $5,000 of profit unlocks $2,500.
- Locked Reserve can't be withdrawn. Released Reserve can be withdrawn or used for margin.
- Gambling, oversizing or reckless trading forfeits Reserve unlocks.
Getting paid
Payouts are daily with a $200 minimum: live profit above the cushion plus any released Reserve. The split is 90%.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · The Live Trading Program | FuturesElite FAQRisk team decides live qualification usually after 4th consecutive payout but earlier possible; live payouts are daily with $200 minimum and 90% split.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
How you qualify
Section: How you qualify
− Moving to live is earned and decided by the Risk Team, who can speed it up or postpone it. The usual path is your 4th consecutive payout. Other paths are large withdrawals over time, outstanding Sim Funded results, or previous live trading. None of these is a guarantee: if you're selected, we contact you directly with full details.
What transfers with you
Your funded-account profit converts to live capital up to a cap for your account size. Anything above the cap doesn't carry over. Converted money goes into your Reserve, which you earn back by trading well.
Size | Loss floor | Cushion | Profitable day | Contracts (mini / micro) | Conversion cap
25K | $1,000 | $500 | $75+ | 1 / 10 | $6,000
50K | $2,000 | $1,000 | $150+ | 2 / 20 | $12,000
75K | $2,500 | $1,250 | $225+ | 3 / 30 | $14,000
100K | $3,000 | $1,500 | $300+ | 4 / 40 | $16,000
150K | $4,500 | $2,250 | $450+ | 5 / 50 | $20,000
Several funded accounts
All your funded accounts convert, but they go live one at a time. The first starts at $0 with its own floor and cushion; the others wait in a queue with their money in Reserve. Every 10 profitable trading days, the next account can go live after a risk check.
After
How you qualify
Section: How you qualify
+ Our Risk team decides who moves to a Live account. It usually happens after the 4th consecutive payout, but it can happen earlier depending on our risk review. Live payouts are daily, with a $200 minimum and a 90% split. Other paths are large withdrawals over time, outstanding Sim Funded results, or previous live trading. None of these is a guarantee: if you're selected, we contact you directly with full details.
What transfers with you
Your funded-account profit converts to live capital up to a cap for your account size. Anything above the cap doesn't carry over. Converted money goes into your Reserve, which you earn back by trading well.
Size | Loss floor | Cushion | Profitable day | Contracts (mini / micro) | Conversion cap
25K | $1,000 | $500 | $75+ | 1 / 10 | $6,000
50K | $2,000 | $1,000 | $150+ | 2 / 20 | $12,000
75K | $2,500 | $1,250 | $225+ | 3 / 30 | $14,000
100K | $3,000 | $1,500 | $300+ | 4 / 40 | $16,000
150K | $4,500 | $2,250 | $450+ | 5 / 50 | $20,000
Several funded accounts
All your funded accounts convert, but they go live one at a time. The first starts at $0 with its own floor and cushion; the others wait in a queue with their money in Reserve. Every 10 profitable trading days, the next account can go live after a risk check.
How you qualify
Section: How you qualify
− Moving to live is earned and decided by the Risk Team, who can speed it up or postpone it. The usual path is your 4th consecutive payout. Other paths are large withdrawals over time, outstanding Sim Funded results, or previous live trading. None of these is a guarantee: if you're selected, we contact you directly with full details.
+ Our Risk team decides who moves to a Live account. It usually happens after the 4th consecutive payout, but it can happen earlier depending on our risk review. Live payouts are daily, with a $200 minimum and a 90% split. Other paths are large withdrawals over time, outstanding Sim Funded results, or previous live trading. None of these is a guarantee: if you're selected, we contact you directly with full details.
What transfers with you
Your funded-account profit converts to live capital up to a cap for your account size. Anything above the cap doesn't carry over. Converted money goes into your Reserve, which you earn back by trading well.
Size | Loss floor | Cushion | Profitable day | Contracts (mini / micro) | Conversion cap
25K | $1,000 | $500 | $75+ | 1 / 10 | $6,000
50K | $2,000 | $1,000 | $150+ | 2 / 20 | $12,000
75K | $2,500 | $1,250 | $225+ | 3 / 30 | $14,000
100K | $3,000 | $1,500 | $300+ | 4 / 40 | $16,000
150K | $4,500 | $2,250 | $450+ | 5 / 50 | $20,000
Several funded accounts
All your funded accounts convert, but they go live one at a time. The first starts at $0 with its own floor and cushion; the others wait in a queue with their money in Reserve. Every 10 profitable trading days, the next account can go live after a risk check.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Prime funded stage and payouts | FuturesElite FAQPayout buffers added for 100K ($3,100) and 150K ($4,600) accounts; buffers for 25K and 50K unchanged.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
When you can request
- You've reached the funded profit target: $250 (25K), $500 (50K), $900 (100K) or $1,350 (150K).
Section: When you can request
− - On 25K and 50K, your balance is above the payout buffer: $1,100 above start on 25K ($26,100), $2,100 on 50K ($52,100). 100K and 150K have no buffer.
- Your request is at least the minimum: $500, $500, $900 or $1,100.
- On 25K, you have at least 3 trading days. Other sizes have no minimum days.
Buffer
The buffer is a profit cushion that is never withdrawable. Everything above it is. Example, 50K: balance $53,000 minus $52,100 = $900 withdrawable, above the $500 minimum.
Consistency
No single trading day can be more than 40% of the amount you request. If one day is above 40%, keep trading until its share drops below 40%.
Payout caps
Size | 1st payout | 2nd payout | 3rd payout
25K | $1,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
50K | $2,000 | $2,500 | $2,800
100K | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
150K | $3,000 | $3,500 | $3,800
After
When you can request
- You've reached the funded profit target: $250 (25K), $500 (50K), $900 (100K) or $1,350 (150K).
Section: When you can request
+ - Your balance is above the payout buffer: $1,100 above start on 25K ($26,100), $2,100 on 50K ($52,100). Prime 100K and 150K funded accounts have a buffer of $3,100 and $4,600.
- Your request is at least the minimum: $500, $500, $900 or $1,100.
- On 25K, you have at least 3 trading days. Other sizes have no minimum days.
Buffer
The buffer is a profit cushion that is never withdrawable. Everything above it is. Example, 50K: balance $53,000 minus $52,100 = $900 withdrawable, above the $500 minimum.
Consistency
No single trading day can be more than 40% of the amount you request. If one day is above 40%, keep trading until its share drops below 40%.
Payout caps
Size | 1st payout | 2nd payout | 3rd payout
25K | $1,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
50K | $2,000 | $2,500 | $2,800
100K | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
150K | $3,000 | $3,500 | $3,800
When you can request
- You've reached the funded profit target: $250 (25K), $500 (50K), $900 (100K) or $1,350 (150K).
Section: When you can request
− - On 25K and 50K, your balance is above the payout buffer: $1,100 above start on 25K ($26,100), $2,100 on 50K ($52,100). 100K and 150K have no buffer.
+ - Your balance is above the payout buffer: $1,100 above start on 25K ($26,100), $2,100 on 50K ($52,100). Prime 100K and 150K funded accounts have a buffer of $3,100 and $4,600.
- Your request is at least the minimum: $500, $500, $900 or $1,100.
- On 25K, you have at least 3 trading days. Other sizes have no minimum days.
Buffer
The buffer is a profit cushion that is never withdrawable. Everything above it is. Example, 50K: balance $53,000 minus $52,100 = $900 withdrawable, above the $500 minimum.
Consistency
No single trading day can be more than 40% of the amount you request. If one day is above 40%, keep trading until its share drops below 40%.
Payout caps
Size | 1st payout | 2nd payout | 3rd payout
25K | $1,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
50K | $2,000 | $2,500 | $2,800
100K | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
150K | $3,000 | $3,500 | $3,800
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Prime drawdown and Daily Loss Limit | FuturesElite FAQDaily Loss Limit now applies conditionally by account type, measurement basis changed to higher of balance or equity at previous close, and soft breach behavior redefined.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
End of Day Max Loss Limit
The most your account can ever lose: $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K) or $4,500 (150K). It is checked on your end-of-day balance. On a 50K Prime it starts at $48,000.
If an end-of-day balance closes at or below the limit, it is a hard breach: the account is closed permanently.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− The most you can lose in one trading day, measured from your last end-of-day balance.
Size | Daily Loss Limit
25K | $600
50K | $1,200
100K | $1,800
150K | $2,700
Example, 50K Prime: yesterday closed at $51,000, so today's limit level is $49,800.
− Hitting it is a soft breach: the account isn't closed, it's locked for the next 24 hours and then you can trade again.
Contracts
No scaling plan: your full allowance applies from day one in both stages. One mini equals ten micros, and you can mix them as long as the total never exceeds your mini limit. On a 50K, 2 minis + 20 micros = 4 minis.
After
End of Day Max Loss Limit
The most your account can ever lose: $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K) or $4,500 (150K). It is checked on your end-of-day balance. On a 50K Prime it starts at $48,000.
If an end-of-day balance closes at or below the limit, it is a hard breach: the account is closed permanently.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
+ Daily loss limit: on Elite only if you chose it at checkout; always on for Prime, Ultra and Oracle; Nitro and Instant have none.
+ The most you can lose in one trading day. The level is measured from the higher of your balance and equity at the previous daily close.
Size | Daily Loss Limit
25K | $600
50K | $1,200
100K | $1,800
150K | $2,700
Example, 50K Prime: yesterday closed at $51,000, so today's limit level is $49,800.
+ Hitting it is a soft breach: if your equity reaches it, trading is locked for 24 hours from that moment; the account stays open.
Contracts
No scaling plan: your full allowance applies from day one in both stages. One mini equals ten micros, and you can mix them as long as the total never exceeds your mini limit. On a 50K, 2 minis + 20 micros = 4 minis.
End of Day Max Loss Limit
The most your account can ever lose: $1,000 (25K), $2,000 (50K), $3,000 (100K) or $4,500 (150K). It is checked on your end-of-day balance. On a 50K Prime it starts at $48,000.
If an end-of-day balance closes at or below the limit, it is a hard breach: the account is closed permanently.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− The most you can lose in one trading day, measured from your last end-of-day balance.
+ Daily loss limit: on Elite only if you chose it at checkout; always on for Prime, Ultra and Oracle; Nitro and Instant have none.
+ The most you can lose in one trading day. The level is measured from the higher of your balance and equity at the previous daily close.
Size | Daily Loss Limit
25K | $600
50K | $1,200
100K | $1,800
150K | $2,700
Example, 50K Prime: yesterday closed at $51,000, so today's limit level is $49,800.
− Hitting it is a soft breach: the account isn't closed, it's locked for the next 24 hours and then you can trade again.
+ Hitting it is a soft breach: if your equity reaches it, trading is locked for 24 hours from that moment; the account stays open.
Contracts
No scaling plan: your full allowance applies from day one in both stages. One mini equals ten micros, and you can mix them as long as the total never exceeds your mini limit. On a 50K, 2 minis + 20 micros = 4 minis.
FUnlistedFutures Elite · Instant payouts | FuturesElite FAQConsistency requirement rephrased to explicitly tie percentages to payout sequence instead of describing progression.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Profit goal
Each payout cycle has a profit goal: the minimum profit before you can request. You must reach it again every cycle, and scalped profit doesn't count toward it. Once you reach it, you can request up to 50% of your profit for the cycle, up to the cap.
Size | 1st goal / cap | 2nd goal / cap | Later goal / cap
25K | $1,750 / $1,000 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
50K | $3,500 / $1,500 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
100K | $7,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $4,000 | $2,000 / $4,500
150K | $10,000 / $3,500 | $4,000 / $4,600 | $4,000 / $5,000
Other conditions
- At least 10 trading days, each with at least $75 (25K), $150 (50K), $250 (100K) or $350 (150K) of profit.
Section: Other conditions
− - Consistency: no single day can be more than 20% of your total profit. This rises to 25% after your 2nd approved payout and 30% after your 3rd.
- The profit split is 80%.
After
Profit goal
Each payout cycle has a profit goal: the minimum profit before you can request. You must reach it again every cycle, and scalped profit doesn't count toward it. Once you reach it, you can request up to 50% of your profit for the cycle, up to the cap.
Size | 1st goal / cap | 2nd goal / cap | Later goal / cap
25K | $1,750 / $1,000 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
50K | $3,500 / $1,500 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
100K | $7,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $4,000 | $2,000 / $4,500
150K | $10,000 / $3,500 | $4,000 / $4,600 | $4,000 / $5,000
Other conditions
- At least 10 trading days, each with at least $75 (25K), $150 (50K), $250 (100K) or $350 (150K) of profit.
Section: Other conditions
+ - Consistency: 20% for the 1st payout, 25% for the 2nd, 30% from the 3rd. No single day can be more than that share of your total profit.
- The profit split is 80%.
Profit goal
Each payout cycle has a profit goal: the minimum profit before you can request. You must reach it again every cycle, and scalped profit doesn't count toward it. Once you reach it, you can request up to 50% of your profit for the cycle, up to the cap.
Size | 1st goal / cap | 2nd goal / cap | Later goal / cap
25K | $1,750 / $1,000 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
50K | $3,500 / $1,500 | $2,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $3,000
100K | $7,000 / $2,500 | $2,000 / $4,000 | $2,000 / $4,500
150K | $10,000 / $3,500 | $4,000 / $4,600 | $4,000 / $5,000
Other conditions
- At least 10 trading days, each with at least $75 (25K), $150 (50K), $250 (100K) or $350 (150K) of profit.
Section: Other conditions
− - Consistency: no single day can be more than 20% of your total profit. This rises to 25% after your 2nd approved payout and 30% after your 3rd.
+ - Consistency: 20% for the 1st payout, 25% for the 2nd, 30% from the 3rd. No single day can be more than that share of your total profit.
- The profit split is 80%.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremier
DayTraders.comPremierE8 MarketsPremierFTMO FuturesPremier
FundedNext FuturesPremier
IQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremierMyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremierTopstepPremier
TradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted